bk-20250630

Please wait

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

☒ Quarterly Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the Quarterly Period Ended June 30, 2025

☐ Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Commission File Number 001-35651

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware			13-2614959
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)			(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

240 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10286

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code – (212) 495-1784

Not Applicable

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class	Trading symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value	BK	New York Stock Exchange
6.244% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Normal Preferred Capital Securities of Mellon Capital IV	BK/P	New York Stock Exchange
(fully and unconditionally guaranteed by The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation)
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/4,000th interest in a share of Series K Noncumulative	BK PRK	New York Stock Exchange
Perpetual Preferred Stock

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

☒

Accelerated filer

☐

Non-accelerated filer

☐

Smaller reporting company

☐

Emerging growth company

☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

As of June 30, 2025, 705,240,816 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, were outstanding.

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON CORPORATION

Second Quarter 2025 Form 10-Q

Table of Contents


			Page
Consolidated Financial Highlights (unaudited)			2

Part I – Financial Information
Items 2. and 3. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations; Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk:
General			4
Overview			4
Key second quarter 2025 and subsequent events			4
Highlights of second quarter 2025 results			5
Fee and other revenue			6
Net interest income			9
Noninterest expense			12
Income taxes			12
Review of business segments			12
Critical accounting estimates			22
Consolidated balance sheet review			22
Liquidity and dividends			31
Capital			35
Trading activities and risk management			39
Asset/liability management			42
Supplemental information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures			44
Recent accounting and regulatory developments			48
Website information			49

Item 1. Financial Statements:
Consolidated Income Statement (unaudited)			50
Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statement (unaudited)			51
Consolidated Balance Sheet (unaudited)			52
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (unaudited)			53
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (unaudited)			54


			Page
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements:
Note 1—Basis of presentation			55

Note 2—Acquisitions and dispositions			55
Note 3—Securities			56
Note 4—Loans and asset quality			60

Note 5—Goodwill and intangible assets			66
Note 6—Other assets			68
Note 7—Contract revenue			69
Note 8—Net interest income			72
Note 9—Employee benefit plans			72
Note 10—Income taxes			73
Note 11—Variable interest entities			73
Note 12—Preferred stock			74
Note 13—Other comprehensive income (loss)			76
Note 14—Fair value measurement			77
Note 15—Fair value option			82
Note 16—Derivative instruments			82
Note 17—Commitments and contingent liabilities			88
Note 18—Business segments			94
Note 19—Supplemental information to the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows			97

Item 4. Controls and Procedures			98
Forward-looking Statements			99

Part II – Other Information
Item 1. Legal Proceedings.			102

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.			102
Item 5. Other Information.			102
Item 6. Exhibits.			102

Index to Exhibits			103
Signature			105

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (and its subsidiaries)

Consolidated Financial Highlights (unaudited)


	Quarter ended									Year-to-date
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts and unless otherwise noted)	June 30, 2025			March 31, 2025			June 30, 2024			June 30, 2025			June 30, 2024
Results applicable to common shareholders of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation:
Net income	$	1,391		$	1,149		$	1,143		$	2,540		$	2,096
Basic earnings per share	$	1.95		$	1.59		$	1.53		$	3.54		$	2.79
Diluted earnings per share	$	1.93		$	1.58		$	1.52		$	3.51		$	2.77

Fee and other revenue	$	3,825		$	3,633		$	3,567		$	7,458		$	7,054
Net interest income	1,203			1,159			1,030			2,362			2,070
Total revenue	$	5,028		$	4,792		$	4,597		$	9,820		$	9,124

Return on common equity (annualized)	14.7		%	12.6		%	12.7		%	13.7		%	11.7		%
Return on tangible common equity (annualized) – Non-GAAP (a)	27.8		%	24.2		%	24.6		%	26.0		%	22.7		%

Fee revenue as a percentage of total revenue	72		%	71		%	74		%	72		%	73		%

Non-U.S. revenue as a percentage of total revenue	36		%	33		%	36		%	35		%	35		%

Pre-tax operating margin	37		%	32		%	33		%	34		%	31		%

Net interest margin	1.27		%	1.30		%	1.15		%	1.29		%	1.17		%
Net interest margin on a fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) basis – Non-GAAP (b)	1.27		%	1.30		%	1.15		%	1.29		%	1.17		%

Assets under custody and/or administration (“AUC/A”) at period end (in trillions) (c)	$	55.8		$	53.1		$	49.5		$	55.8		$	49.5
Assets under management (“AUM”) at period end (in trillions) (d)	$	2.11		$	2.01		$	2.05		$	2.11		$	2.05

Average common shares and equivalents outstanding (in thousands):
Basic	714,799			720,951			746,904			718,039			751,961
Diluted	720,007			727,398			751,596			723,826			756,870

Selected average balances:
Interest-earning assets	$	375,542		$	354,687		$	353,633		$	365,172		$	349,883
Total assets	$	438,608		$	415,844		$	412,499		$	427,289		$	408,242
Interest-bearing deposits	$	250,688		$	234,394		$	235,878		$	242,586		$	232,387
Noninterest-bearing deposits	$	49,610		$	48,141		$	48,965		$	48,880		$	49,457
Long-term debt	$	31,805		$	31,216		$	31,506		$	31,512		$	31,296
Preferred stock	$	5,331		$	4,562		$	4,343		$	4,949		$	4,343
Total The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation common shareholders’ equity	$	37,892		$	36,980		$	36,044		$	37,438		$	35,975

Other information at period end:
Cash dividends per common share	$	0.47		$	0.47		$	0.42		$	0.94		$	0.84
Common dividend payout ratio	25		%	30		%	28		%	27		%	31		%
Common dividend yield (annualized)	2.1		%	2.3		%	2.8		%	2.1		%	2.8		%
Closing stock price per common share	$	91.11		$	83.87		$	59.89		$	91.11		$	59.89
Market capitalization	$	64,254		$	60,003		$	44,196		$	64,254		$	44,196
Book value per common share	$	54.76		$	52.82		$	49.46		$	54.76		$	49.46
Tangible book value per common share – Non-GAAP (a)	$	29.57		$	28.20		$	26.19		$	29.57		$	26.19
Full-time employees	49,900			51,000			52,000			49,900			52,000
Common shares outstanding (in thousands)	705,241			715,434			737,957			705,241			737,957

2 BNY

Consolidated Financial Highlights (unaudited) (continued)


Regulatory capital and other ratios	June 30, 2025		March 31, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024
Average liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”)	112	%	116	%	115	%
Average net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”)	131	%	132	%	132	%

Regulatory capital ratios: (e)
Advanced Approaches:
Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) ratio	11.9	%	12.0	%	11.7	%
Tier 1 capital ratio	15.1		15.3		14.4
Total capital ratio	15.9		16.2		15.3
Standardized Approach:
CET1 ratio	11.5	%	11.5	%	11.2	%
Tier 1 capital ratio	14.5		14.6		13.7
Total capital ratio	15.5		15.7		14.8

Tier 1 leverage ratio	6.1	%	6.2	%	5.7	%
Supplementary leverage ratio (“SLR”)	6.9		6.9		6.5

BNY shareholders’ equity to total assets ratio	9.0	%	9.8	%	9.9	%
BNY common shareholders’ equity to total assets ratio	7.9		8.6		8.9

(a) Return on tangible common equity and tangible book value per common share, both Non-GAAP measures, exclude goodwill and intangible assets, net of deferred tax liabilities. See “Supplemental information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 44 for the reconciliation of these Non-GAAP measures.

(b) See “Net interest income” on page 9 for a reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

(c) Consists of AUC/A primarily from the Asset Servicing line of business and, to a lesser extent, the Clearance and Collateral Management, Issuer Services, Pershing and Wealth Management lines of business. Includes the AUC/A of CIBC Mellon Trust Company (“CIBC Mellon”), a joint venture with the Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, of $2.0 trillion at June 30, 2025, $1.9 trillion at March 31, 2025 and $1.7 trillion at June 30, 2024.

(d) Represents assets managed in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

(e) For our CET1, Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios, our effective capital ratios under U.S. capital rules are the lower of the ratios as calculated under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches. For additional information on our capital ratios, see “Capital” beginning on page 35.

BNY 3


Part I – Financial Information


Items 2. and 3. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations; Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

General

In this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, references to “our,” “we,” “us,” “BNY,” the “Company” and similar terms refer to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “Parent” refers to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation but not its subsidiaries.

Certain business terms used in this report are defined in the Glossary included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended Dec. 31, 2024 (the “2024 Annual Report”).

The following should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report. Investors should also read the section titled “Forward-looking Statements.”

Overview

BNY is a global financial services company that helps make money work for the world – managing it, moving it and keeping it safe. For more than 240 years BNY has partnered alongside clients, putting its expertise and platforms to work to help them achieve their ambitions. Today BNY helps over 90% of Fortune 100 companies and nearly all the top 100 banks globally access the money they need. BNY supports governments in funding local projects and works with over 90% of the top 100 pension plans to safeguard investments for millions of individuals, and so much more. As of June 30, 2025, BNY oversees $55.8 trillion in assets under custody and/or administration and $2.1 trillion in assets under management.

BNY is the corporate brand of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (NYSE: BK). Headquartered in New York City, BNY has been named among Fortune’s World’s Most Admired Companies and Fast Company’s Best Workplaces for Innovators. Additional information is available on www.bny.com. Follow on LinkedIn or visit the BNY Newsroom for the latest company news.

BNY has three business segments, Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management, which offer a comprehensive set of capabilities and deep expertise across the investment life cycle, enabling the Company to provide solutions to buy-side and sell-side market participants, as well as leading institutional and wealth management clients globally.

The diagram below presents our three business segments and lines of business, with the remaining operations in the Other segment.


		The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation


Securities Services		Market and Wealth Services		Investment and Wealth Management

	Asset Servicing		Pershing		Investment Management


	Issuer Services		Treasury Services		Wealth Management


			Clearance and Collateral Management

Key second quarter 2025 and subsequent events

Increase in cash dividend on common stock

In July 2025, our Board of Directors approved a 13% increase in the quarterly cash dividend on our common stock, from $0.47 to $0.53 per share. The increased quarterly cash dividend is expected to be paid on Aug. 7, 2025.

Robin Vince elected Chairman of the Board of Directors

In June 2025, we announced that Robin Vince, Chief Executive Officer, was unanimously elected by the Board of Directors to the additional position of Chairman, effective Sept. 1, 2025.

4 BNY

Highlights of second quarter 2025 results

We reported net income applicable to common shareholders of $1,391 million, or $1.93 per diluted common share, in the second quarter of 2025, including the impact of notable items. Notable items in the second quarter of 2025 include severance expense and reductions in litigation reserves and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) special assessment. Excluding notable items, net income applicable to common shareholders was $1,397 million (Non-GAAP), or $1.94 (Non-GAAP) per diluted common share, in the second quarter of 2025. Net income applicable to common shareholders was $1,143 million, or $1.52 per diluted common share, in the second quarter of 2024, including the impact of notable items. Notable items in the second quarter of 2024 include a reduction in the FDIC special assessment, severance expense and litigation reserves. Excluding notable items, net income applicable to common shareholders was $1,136 million (Non-GAAP), or $1.51 (Non-GAAP) per diluted common share, in the second quarter of 2024.

The highlights below are based on the second quarter of 2025 compared with the second quarter of 2024, unless otherwise noted.

•Total revenue increased 9%, primarily reflecting:

•Fee revenue increased 7%, primarily reflecting net new business, higher market values, client activity and foreign exchange revenue, and the favorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by the mix of AUM flows. (See “Fee and other revenue” beginning on page 6.)

•Investment and other revenue increased primarily reflecting favorable seed capital and other investments results, partially offset by higher net securities losses. (See “Fee and other revenue” beginning on page 6.)

•Net interest income increased 17%, primarily reflecting the continued reinvestment of maturing investment securities at higher yields and balance sheet growth, partially offset by changes in deposit mix. (See “Net interest income” on page 9.)

•The provision for credit losses was a benefit of $17 million, primarily driven by property-specific reserve releases related to our commercial real estate exposure. (See “Allowance for credit losses” on page 29.)

•Noninterest expense increased 4%, primarily reflecting higher investments, employee merit increases, higher revenue-related expenses, adjustments to the FDIC special assessment and the unfavorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by efficiency savings. Excluding notable items, total noninterest expense also increased 4% (Non-GAAP). (See “Noninterest expense” on page 12.)

•Effective tax rate of 22.0%. (See “Income taxes” on page 12.)

•Return on common equity (“ROE”) was 14.7% for the second quarter of 2025.

•Return on tangible common equity (“ROTCE”) was 27.8% (Non-GAAP) for the second quarter of 2025.

See “Supplemental information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 44 for a reconciliation of these Non-GAAP measures.

Metrics

•AUC/A of $55.8 trillion increased 13%, primarily reflecting client inflows, higher market values and the favorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar.

•AUM of $2.1 trillion increased 3% reflecting higher market values and the favorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by cumulative net outflows.

Capital and liquidity

•Our CET1 ratio under the Standardized Approach was 11.5% at June 30, 2025, flat compared with March 31, 2025, reflecting an increase in capital, offset by higher risk-weighted assets (“RWA”). (See “Capital” beginning on page 35.)

•Our Tier 1 leverage ratio was 6.1% at June 30, 2025 and 6.2% at March 31, 2025. The decrease reflects higher average assets, partially offset by the increase in capital. (See “Capital” beginning on page 35.)

•Returned $1.2 billion to common shareholders, including $895 million of common share repurchases.

BNY 5

Fee and other revenue


Fee and other revenue																				YTD25
(dollars in millions, unless otherwise noted)										2Q25 vs.				vs.
	2Q25			1Q25			2Q24			1Q25		2Q24		YTD25			YTD24			YTD24
Investment services fees	$	2,583		$	2,411		$	2,359		7	%	9	%	$	4,994		$	4,637		8	%
Investment management and performance fees (a)(b)	758			739			761			3		—		1,497			1,537			(3)
Foreign exchange revenue	213			156			184			37		16		369			336			10
Financing-related fees	51			60			53			(15)		(4)		111			110			1
Distribution and servicing fees	36			37			41			(3)		(12)		73			83			(12)
Total fee revenue	3,641			3,403			3,398			7		7		7,044			6,703			5
Investment and other revenue	184			230			169			N/M		N/M		414			351			N/M
Total fee and other revenue	$	3,825		$	3,633		$	3,567		5	%	7	%	$	7,458		$	7,054		6	%

Fee revenue as a percentage of total revenue	72		%	71		%	74		%					72		%	73		%

AUC/A at period end (in trillions) (c)	$	55.8		$	53.1		$	49.5		5	%	13	%	$	55.8		$	49.5		13	%
AUM at period end (in billions) (d)	$	2,106		$	2,008		$	2,045		5	%	3	%	$	2,106		$	2,045		3	%

(a) Beginning in the first quarter of 2025, certain rebate agreements, which were previously recorded as distribution and servicing expense, began to be reflected as a reduction of investment management fees. These amounts totaled approximately $20 million for all quarterly periods presented and impacted the year-over-year variances for investment management and performance fees and related revenue subtotals in the table above.

(b) Excludes seed capital gains (losses) related to consolidated investment management funds.

(c) Consists of AUC/A primarily from the Asset Servicing line of business and, to a lesser extent, the Clearance and Collateral Management, Issuer Services, Pershing and Wealth Management lines of business. Includes the AUC/A of CIBC Mellon of $2.0 trillion at June 30, 2025, $1.9 trillion at March 31, 2025 and $1.7 trillion at June 30, 2024.

(d) Represents assets managed in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

N/M – Not meaningful.

Fee revenue increased 7% compared with the second quarter of 2024 and first quarter of 2025. The increase compared with the second quarter of 2024 primarily reflects higher investment services fees and foreign exchange revenue. The increase compared with the first quarter of 2025 primarily reflects higher investment services fees, foreign exchange revenue and investment management and performance fees.

Investment and other revenue increased $15 million compared with the second quarter of 2024 and decreased $46 million compared with the first quarter of 2025. The increase compared with the second quarter of 2024 primarily reflects favorable seed capital and other investments results, partially offset by higher net securities losses. The decrease compared with the first quarter of 2025 primarily reflects a disposal gain recorded in the first quarter of 2025 and higher net securities losses, partially offset by favorable seed capital results.

Investment services fees

Investment services fees increased 9% compared with the second quarter of 2024 and 7% compared with the first quarter of 2025. The increase compared with the second quarter of 2024 primarily reflects higher client

activity and Depositary Receipts revenue, net new business and higher market values. The increase compared with the first quarter of 2025 primarily reflects higher Depositary Receipts revenue and client activity.

AUC/A totaled $55.8 trillion at June 30, 2025, an increase of 13% compared with June 30, 2024, primarily reflecting client inflows, higher market values and the favorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar. AUC/A consisted of 37% equity securities and 63% fixed income securities at June 30, 2025 and June 30, 2024.

See “Securities Services business segment” and “Market and Wealth Services business segment” in “Review of business segments” for additional details.

Investment management and performance fees

Investment management and performance fees were flat compared with the second quarter of 2024 and increased 3% compared with the first quarter of 2025. Compared with the second quarter of 2024, investment management and performance fees reflect the mix of AUM flows and the adjustment for certain rebates (offset in noninterest expense), offset by

6 BNY

higher market values, the favorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar and higher equity investment income. The increase compared with the first quarter of 2025 primarily reflects higher equity investment income and the favorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by the mix of AUM flows. Performance fees were $10 million in the second quarter of 2025, $8 million in the second quarter of 2024 and $5 million in the first quarter of 2025. On a constant currency basis, investment management and performance fees decreased 2% (Non-GAAP) compared with the second quarter of 2024. See “Supplemental information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 44 for the reconciliation of Non-GAAP measures.

AUM was $2.1 trillion at June 30, 2025, an increase of 3% compared with June 30, 2024, reflecting higher market values and the favorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by cumulative net outflows.

See “Investment and Wealth Management business segment” in “Review of business segments” for additional details regarding the drivers of investment management and performance fees, AUM and AUM flows.

Foreign exchange revenue

Foreign exchange revenue is primarily driven by the volume of client transactions and the spread realized on these transactions, both of which are impacted by market volatility, the impact of foreign currency hedging activities and foreign currency remeasurement gain (loss). Foreign exchange revenue increased 16% compared with the second quarter of 2024 and 37% compared with the first quarter of 2025. The increase compared with the second quarter of 2024 primarily reflects higher volatility and volumes, partially offset by corporate treasury activities. The increase compared with the first quarter of 2025 primarily reflects higher volumes and volatility. Foreign exchange revenue is primarily reported in the Securities Services business segment and, to a lesser extent, the Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management business segments and the Other segment.

Financing-related fees

Financing-related fees, which are primarily reported in the Market and Wealth Services and Securities Services business segments, include capital market fees, loan commitment fees and credit-related fees. Financing-related fees decreased 4% compared with the second quarter of 2024 and 15% compared with the first quarter of 2025. The decreases compared with the second quarter of 2024 and first quarter of 2025 primarily reflect lower underwriting fees.

Investment and other revenue

Investment and other revenue includes income or loss from consolidated investment management funds, seed capital gains or losses, other trading revenue or loss, renewable energy investments gains, income from corporate and bank-owned life insurance contracts, other investment gains or losses, gains or losses from disposals, expense reimbursements from our CIBC Mellon joint venture, other income or loss and net securities gains or losses. The income or loss from consolidated investment management funds should be considered together with the net income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests, which reflects the portion of the consolidated funds for which we do not have an economic interest and is reflected below net income as a separate line item on the consolidated income statement. Other trading revenue or loss primarily includes the impact of market-risk hedging activity related to our seed capital investments in investment management funds, non-foreign currency derivative and fixed income trading, and other hedging activity. Other investment gains or losses includes fair value changes of non-readily marketable strategic equity, private equity and other investments. Expense reimbursements from our CIBC Mellon joint venture relate to expenses incurred by BNY on behalf of the CIBC Mellon joint venture. Other income includes various miscellaneous revenues.

BNY 7

The following table provides the components of investment and other revenue.


Investment and other revenue
(in millions)	2Q25		1Q25		2Q24		YTD25		YTD24
Income from consolidated investment management funds	$	35	$	6	$	8	$	41	$	23
Seed capital gains (losses) (a)	8		(6)		—		2		14
Other trading revenue	59		71		77		130		146
Renewable energy investments gains	15		15		8		30		14
Corporate/bank-owned life insurance	35		38		26		73		54
Other investments gains (b)	26		24		30		50		47
Disposal gains	—		40		—		40		—
Expense reimbursements from joint venture	34		31		30		65		57
Other income	7		11		7		18		14
Net securities (losses)	(35)		—		(17)		(35)		(18)
Total investment and other revenue	$	184	$	230	$	169	$	414	$	351

(a) Includes gains (losses) on investments in BNY funds which hedge deferred incentive awards.

(b) Includes strategic equity, private equity and other investments.

The increase in total investment and other revenue compared with the second quarter of 2024 primarily reflects favorable seed capital and other investments (primarily renewable energy and corporate/bank-owned life insurance) results, partially offset by higher net securities losses. The decrease compared with the first quarter of 2025 primarily reflects a disposal gain recorded in the first quarter of 2025 and higher net securities losses, partially offset by favorable seed capital results.

Year-to-date 2025 compared with year-to-date 2024

Fee revenue increased 5% compared with the first six months of 2024, primarily reflecting higher investment services fees and foreign exchange revenue, partially offset by lower investment

management and performance fees. The 8% increase in investment services fees primarily reflects higher client activity, net new business, higher market values and Depositary Receipts revenue. Investment management and performance fees decreased 3%, primarily reflecting the mix of AUM flows and the adjustment for certain rebates (offset in noninterest expense), partially offset by higher market values. The 10% increase in foreign exchange revenue primarily reflects higher volatility.

Investment and other revenue increased $63 million compared with the first six months of 2024, primarily reflecting a disposal gain recorded in the first quarter of 2025 and higher renewable energy and corporate/bank owned life insurance investment results, partially offset by higher net securities losses.

8 BNY

Net interest income


Net interest income																				YTD25
										2Q25 vs.										vs.
(dollars in millions)	2Q25			1Q25			2Q24			1Q25		2Q24		YTD25			YTD24			YTD24
Net interest income	$	1,203		$	1,159		$	1,030		4%		17%		$	2,362		$	2,070		14%
Add: Tax equivalent adjustment	1			—			1			N/M		N/M		1			1			N/M
Net interest income (FTE) – Non-GAAP (a)	$	1,204		$	1,159		$	1,031		4%		17%		$	2,363		$	2,071		14%

Average interest-earning assets	$	375,542		$	354,687		$	353,633		6%		6%		$	365,172		$	349,883		4%

Net interest margin	1.27		%	1.30		%	1.15		%	(3)	bps	12	bps	1.29		%	1.17		%	12	bps
Net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP (a)	1.27		%	1.30		%	1.15		%	(3)	bps	12	bps	1.29		%	1.17		%	12	bps

(a) Net interest income (FTE) – Non-GAAP and net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP include the tax equivalent adjustments on tax-exempt income, which allows for comparisons of amounts arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice. The adjustment to an FTE basis has no impact on net income.

N/M – Not meaningful.

bps – basis points.

Net interest income increased 17% compared with the second quarter of 2024 and 4% compared with the first quarter of 2025. Both increases primarily reflect the continued reinvestment of maturing investment securities at higher yields and balance sheet growth, partially offset by changes in deposit mix.

Net interest margin increased 12 basis points compared with the second quarter of 2024 and decreased 3 basis points compared with the first quarter of 2025. The changes compared with the second quarter of 2024 and the first quarter of 2025 primarily reflect the factors mentioned above.

Average interest-earning assets increased 6% compared with the second quarter of 2024 and first quarter of 2025. The increase compared with the second quarter of 2024 primarily reflects higher securities balances and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, partially offset by lower interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks. The increase compared with the first quarter of 2025 primarily reflects higher interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks and higher securities balances, partially offset by lower federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements.

Average non-U.S. dollar deposits comprised approximately 25% of our average total deposits in the second quarter of 2025. Approximately 50% of the average non-U.S. dollar deposits in the second quarter of 2025 were euro-denominated.

Year-to-date 2025 compared with year-to-date 2024

Net interest income increased 14% compared with the first six months of 2024, primarily driven by the continued reinvestment of maturing investment securities at higher yields and balance sheet growth, partially offset by changes in deposit mix. The increase in the net interest margin primarily reflects the factors mentioned above.

Average interest-earning assets increased 4% compared with the first six months of 2024, primarily reflecting higher federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements and higher securities balances, partially offset by lower interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks.

BNY 9


Average balances and interest rates	Quarter ended
	June 30, 2025						March 31, 2025						June 30, 2024
(dollars in millions; average rates are annualized)	Average balance		Interest		Average rates		Average balance		Interest		Average rates			Average balance		Interest		Average rates
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks	$	99,426	$	937	3.73	%	$	86,038	$	826	3.84	%		$	102,257	$	1,201	4.65	%
Interest-bearing deposits with banks	11,199		87		3.10		10,083		84		3.39			11,210		110		3.91
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (a)	39,522		3,176		32.23		41,166		2,922		28.79			29,013		2,631		36.48
Loans	71,265		1,032		5.81		69,670		999		5.80			68,283		1,119		6.58
Securities:
U.S. government obligations	29,279		265		3.63		26,614		230		3.49			28,347		269		3.82
U.S. government agency obligations	62,874		529		3.36		63,514		519		3.27			62,549		515		3.29

Other securities	54,610		487		3.58		51,403		462		3.62			46,828		472		4.04
Total investment securities	146,763		1,281		3.49		141,531		1,211		3.44			137,724		1,256		3.66
Trading securities (b)	7,367		90		4.84		6,199		81		5.29			5,146		76		5.89
Total securities (b)	154,130		1,371		3.56		147,730		1,292		3.52			142,870		1,332		3.74
Total interest-earning assets (b)	$	375,542	$	6,603	7.03	%	$	354,687	$	6,123	6.97	%		$	353,633	$	6,393	7.24	%
Noninterest-earning assets	63,066						61,157							58,866
Total assets	$	438,608					$	415,844						$	412,499

Liabilities and equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits	$	250,688	$	1,840	2.95	%	$	234,394	$	1,722	2.98	%		$	235,878	$	2,255	3.85	%
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements (a)	17,485		2,875		65.95		17,566		2,610		60.25			17,711		2,433		55.26
Trading liabilities	2,821		35		4.94		2,063		23		4.56			1,689		23		5.43
Other borrowed funds	432		6		5.06		288		4		5.93			351		8		8.61
Commercial paper	2,511		29		4.56		1,279		14		4.51			954		13		5.54
Payables to customers and broker-dealers	15,494		162		4.19		15,142		157		4.21			12,066		161		5.35
Long-term debt	31,805		452		5.64		31,216		434		5.57			31,506		469		5.92
Total interest-bearing liabilities	$	321,236	$	5,399	6.74	%	$	301,948	$	4,964	6.66	%		$	300,155	$	5,362	7.18	%
Total noninterest-bearing deposits	49,610						48,141							48,965
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities	24,073						23,808							22,839
Total liabilities	394,919						373,897							371,959
Total The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation shareholders’ equity	43,223						41,542							40,387
Noncontrolling interests	466						405							153
Total liabilities and equity	$	438,608					$	415,844						$	412,499
Net interest income (FTE) – Non-GAAP (b)(c)			$	1,204					$	1,159						$	1,031
Net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP (b)(c)					1.27	%					1.30	%						1.15	%
Less: Tax equivalent adjustment			1						—							1
Net interest income – GAAP			$	1,203					$	1,159						$	1,030
Net interest margin – GAAP					1.27	%					1.30	%						1.15	%

(a) Includes the average impact of offsetting under enforceable netting agreements of approximately $247 billion for the second quarter of 2025, $224 billion for the first quarter of 2025 and $163 billion for the second quarter of 2024. On a Non-GAAP basis, excluding the impact of offsetting, the yield on federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements would have been 4.45% for the second quarter of 2025, 4.46% for the first quarter of 2025 and 5.51% for the second quarter of 2024. On a Non-GAAP basis, excluding the impact of offsetting, the rate on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements would have been 4.36% for the second quarter of 2025, 4.37% for the first quarter of 2025 and 5.41% for the second quarter of 2024. We believe providing rates excluding the impact of netting is useful to investors as it is more reflective of the actual rates earned and paid.

(b) Average rates were calculated on an FTE basis, at tax rates of approximately 21%.

10 BNY


Average balances and interest rates	Year-to-date
	June 30, 2025						June 30, 2024
(dollars in millions; average rates are annualized)	Average balance		Interest		Average rates		Average balance		Interest		Average rates
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks	$	92,769	$	1,763	3.78	%	$	102,526	$	2,420	4.67	%
Interest-bearing deposits with banks	10,644		171		3.23		11,467		231		4.04
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (a)	40,340		6,098		30.48		28,016		5,064		36.35
Loans	70,472		2,031		5.80		67,063		2,180		6.53
Securities:
U.S. government obligations	27,954		495		3.56		27,794		519		3.76
U.S. government agency obligations	63,192		1,048		3.32		62,842		1,023		3.26

Other securities	53,015		949		3.60		45,178		907		4.02
Total investment securities	144,161		2,492		3.47		135,814		2,449		3.61
Trading securities (b)	6,786		171		5.05		4,997		145		5.82
Total securities (b)	150,947		2,663		3.54		140,811		2,594		3.69
Total interest-earning assets (b)	$	365,172	$	12,726	7.01	%	$	349,883	$	12,489	7.15	%
Noninterest-earning assets	62,117						58,359
Total assets	$	427,289					$	408,242

Liabilities and equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits	$	242,586	$	3,562	2.96	%	$	232,387	$	4,442	3.84	%
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements (a)	17,525		5,485		63.11		16,922		4,676		55.57
Trading liabilities	2,444		58		4.78		1,669		44		5.27
Other borrowed funds	360		10		5.41		427		12		5.59
Commercial paper	1,899		43		4.55		481		13		5.54
Payables to customers and broker-dealers	15,320		319		4.20		12,244		307		5.04
Long-term debt	31,512		886		5.60		31,296		924		5.87
Total interest-bearing liabilities	$	311,646	$	10,363	6.70	%	$	295,426	$	10,418	7.08	%
Total noninterest-bearing deposits	48,880						49,457
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities	23,941						22,922
Total liabilities	384,467						367,805
Total The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation shareholders’ equity	42,387						40,318
Noncontrolling interests	435						119
Total liabilities and equity	$	427,289					$	408,242
Net interest income (FTE) – Non-GAAP (b)(c)			$	2,363					$	2,071
Net interest margin (FTE) – Non-GAAP (b)(c)					1.29	%					1.17	%
Less: Tax equivalent adjustment			1						1
Net interest income – GAAP			$	2,362					$	2,070
Net interest margin – GAAP					1.29	%					1.17	%

(a) Includes the average impact of offsetting under enforceable netting agreements of approximately $236 billion for the first six months of 2025 and $157 billion for the first six months of 2024. On a Non-GAAP basis, excluding the impact of offsetting, the yield on federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements would have been 4.45% for the first six months of 2025 and 5.50% for the first six months of 2024. On a Non-GAAP basis, excluding the impact of offsetting, the rate on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements would have been 4.37% for the first six months of 2025 and 5.40% for the first six months of 2024. We believe providing rates excluding the impact of netting is useful to investors as it is more reflective of the actual rates earned and paid.

(b) Average rates were calculated on an FTE basis, at tax rates of approximately 21%.

BNY 11

Noninterest expense


Noninterest expense															YTD25
							2Q25 vs.								vs.
(dollars in millions)	2Q25		1Q25		2Q24		1Q25		2Q24		YTD25		YTD24		YTD24
Staff	$	1,768	$	1,834	$	1,720	(4)	%	3	%	$	3,602	$	3,577	1	%
Software and equipment	527		513		476		3		11		1,040		951		9
Professional, legal and other purchased services	388		366		374		6		4		754		723		4
Sub-custodian and clearing	150		131		134		15		12		281		253		11
Net occupancy	132		136		134		(3)		(1)		268		258		4
Distribution and servicing	63		65		88		(3)		(28)		128		184		(30)
Business development	53		48		50		10		6		101		86		17

Bank assessment charges	22		38		(7)		N/M		N/M		60		10		N/M
Amortization of intangible assets	11		11		13		—		(15)		22		25		(12)
Other	92		110		88		(16)		5		202		179		13
Total noninterest expense	$	3,206	$	3,252	$	3,070	(1)	%	4	%	$	6,458	$	6,246	3	%

Full-time employees at period end	49,900		51,000		52,000		(2)	%	(4)	%	49,900		52,000		(4)	%

N/M – Not meaningful.

Total noninterest expense increased 4% compared with the second quarter of 2024, primarily reflecting higher investments, employee merit increases, higher revenue-related expenses, adjustments to the FDIC special assessment and the unfavorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by efficiency savings. Excluding notable items, total noninterest expense also increased 4% (Non-GAAP) compared with the second quarter of 2024. Total noninterest expense decreased 1% compared with the first quarter of 2025, primarily reflecting lower staff expense driven by the annual vesting of stock-based awards to retirement-eligible employees recorded in the first quarter of 2025, efficiency savings and lower litigation reserves, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar. Excluding notable items, total noninterest expense also decreased 1% (Non-GAAP) compared with the first quarter of 2025.

See “Supplemental information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 44 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

Year-to-date 2025 compared with year-to-date 2024

Total noninterest expense increased 3% compared with the first six months of 2024, primarily reflecting higher investments, employee merit increases, higher revenue-related expenses and adjustments to the FDIC special assessment, partially offset by efficiency savings. Excluding notable items, total noninterest expense also increased 3% (Non-GAAP) compared with the first six months of 2024.

Income taxes

BNY recorded an income tax provision of $404 million (22.0% effective tax rate) in the second quarter of 2025. The income tax provision was $357 million (23.4% effective tax rate) in the second quarter of 2024 and $300 million (19.7% effective tax rate) in the first quarter of 2025.

For additional information on income taxes, see Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Review of business segments

We have an internal information system that produces performance data along product and service lines for our three principal business segments: Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management, and the Other segment.

Business segment accounting principles

Our business segment data has been determined on an internal management basis of accounting, rather than the generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) used for consolidated financial reporting. These measurement principles are designed so that reported results of the businesses will track their economic performance.

Our business segments are consistent with the structure used by the President and Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), to make key operating decisions and

12 BNY

assess performance. Our CODM evaluates the business segments’ operating performance primarily based on fee and other revenue, total revenue, income before income taxes, and pre-tax operating margin. The significant expense information regularly provided to and reviewed by the CODM is total noninterest expense. The CODM considers this information when evaluating the performance of each business segment and making decisions about allocating capital and other resources to each business segment.

For information on the accounting principles of our business segments, see Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. For information on the primary products and services in each line of business, the primary types of revenue by line of business and how our business segments are presented and analyzed, see Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2024 Annual Report.

Business segment results are subject to reclassification when organizational changes are made, or for refinements in revenue and expense allocation methodologies. Refinements are typically reflected on a prospective basis. There were no reclassifications or organizational changes in the second quarter of 2025.

The results of our business segments may be influenced by client and other activities that vary by quarter. In the first quarter, staff expense typically increases, reflecting the vesting of long-term stock awards for retirement-eligible employees. The timing of our annual employee merit increases also impacts staff expense. The annual employee merit increases are effective in March. In the third quarter, volume-related fees may decline due to reduced client activity. In the fourth quarter, we typically incur

higher business development and marketing expenses. In our Investment and Wealth Management business segment, performance fees are typically higher in the fourth quarter, as that quarter represents the end of the measurement period for many of the performance fee-eligible relationships.

The results of our business segments may also be impacted by the translation of financial results denominated in foreign currencies into the U.S. dollar. We are primarily impacted by activities denominated in the British pound and the euro. On a consolidated basis and in our Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments, we typically have more foreign currency-denominated expenses than revenues. However, our Investment and Wealth Management business segment typically has more foreign currency-denominated revenues than expenses. Overall, currency fluctuations impact the year-over-year growth rate in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment more than the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments. However, currency fluctuations, in isolation, are not expected to significantly impact net income on a consolidated basis.

Fee revenue in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment, and, to a lesser extent, the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments, is impacted by global market fluctuations. At June 30, 2025, we estimated that a 5% change in global equity markets, spread evenly throughout the year, would impact fee revenue by less than 1% and diluted earnings per common share by $0.05 to $0.08.

See Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the consolidating schedules, which show the contribution of our business segments to our overall profitability.

BNY 13

Securities Services business segment


																										YTD25
(dollars in millions, unless otherwise noted)																2Q25 vs.										vs.
	2Q25			1Q25			4Q24			3Q24			2Q24			1Q25		2Q24		YTD25			YTD24			YTD24
Revenue:
Investment services fees:
Asset Servicing	$	1,094		$	1,062		$	1,042		$	1,021		$	1,018		3	%	7	%	$	2,156		$	2,031		6	%
Issuer Services	376			267			295			285			322			41		17		643			583			10
Total investment services fees	1,470			1,329			1,337			1,306			1,340			11		10		2,799			2,614			7
Foreign exchange revenue	175			136			147			137			144			29		22		311			268			16
Other fees (a)	60			65			62			57			56			(8)		7		125			115			9
Total fee revenue	1,705			1,530			1,546			1,500			1,540			11		11		3,235			2,997			8
Investment and other revenue	94			140			97			105			104			N/M		N/M		234			203			N/M
Total fee and other revenue	1,799			1,670			1,643			1,605			1,644			8		9		3,469			3,200			8
Net interest income	675			630			681			609			595			7		13		1,305			1,178			11
Total revenue	2,474			2,300			2,324			2,214			2,239			8		10		4,774			4,378			9
Provision for credit losses	(13)			8			15			15			(3)			N/M		N/M		(5)			8			N/M
Noninterest expense (excluding amortization of intangible assets)	1,613			1,578			1,659			1,550			1,547			2		4		3,191			3,077			4
Amortization of intangible assets	7			6			7			7			7			17		—		13			14			(7)
Total noninterest expense	1,620			1,584			1,666			1,557			1,554			2		4		3,204			3,091			4
Income before income taxes	$	867		$	708		$	643		$	642		$	688		22	%	26	%	$	1,575		$	1,279		23	%

Pre-tax operating margin	35		%	31		%	28		%	29		%	31		%					33		%	29		%

Securities lending revenue (b)	$	56		$	52		$	52		$	47		$	46		8	%	22	%	$	108		$	92		17	%

Total revenue by line of business:
Asset Servicing	$	1,870		$	1,786		$	1,797		$	1,720		$	1,687		5	%	11	%	$	3,656		$	3,355		9	%
Issuer Services	604			514			527			494			552			18		9		1,118			1,023			9
Total revenue by line of business	$	2,474		$	2,300		$	2,324		$	2,214		$	2,239		8	%	10	%	$	4,774		$	4,378		9	%

Selected average balances:
Average loans	$	11,327		$	11,347		$	11,553		$	11,077		$	11,103		—	%	2	%	$	11,337		$	11,154		2	%
Average deposits	$	185,831		$	175,854		$	180,843		$	180,500		$	178,495		6	%	4	%	$	180,870		$	176,591		2	%

Selected metrics:
AUC/A at period end (in trillions) (c)	$	40.1		$	38.1		$	37.7		$	37.5		$	35.7		5	%	12	%
Market value of securities on loan at period end (in billions) (d)	$	516		$	504		$	488		$	484		$	481		2	%	7	%

Issuer Services:
Total debt serviced at period end (in trillions)	$	14.3		$	13.9		$	14.1		$	14.3		$	14.1		3	%	1	%
Number of sponsored Depositary Receipts programs at period end	482			488			499			507			516			(1)	%	(7)	%

(a) Other fees primarily include financing-related fees.

(b) Included in investment services fees reported in the Asset Servicing line of business.

(c) Consists of AUC/A primarily from the Asset Servicing line of business and, to a lesser extent, the Issuer Services line of business. Includes the AUC/A of CIBC Mellon of $2.0 trillion at June 30, 2025, $1.9 trillion at March 31, 2025, $1.8 trillion at Dec. 31, 2024, $1.9 trillion at Sept. 30, 2024 and $1.7 trillion at June 30, 2024.

(d) Represents the total amount of securities on loan in our agency securities lending program. Excludes securities for which BNY acts as agent on behalf of CIBC Mellon clients, which totaled $68 billion at June 30, 2025, $62 billion at March 31, 2025, $60 billion at Dec. 31, 2024, $67 billion at Sept. 30, 2024 and $66 billion at June 30, 2024.

N/M – Not meaningful.

14 BNY

Business segment description

The Securities Services business segment consists of two distinct lines of business, Asset Servicing and Issuer Services, which provide business solutions across the transaction life cycle to our global asset owner and asset manager clients. We are one of the leading global investment services providers with $40.1 trillion of AUC/A at June 30, 2025. For information on the drivers of the Securities Services fee revenue, see Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2024 Annual Report.

The Asset Servicing business provides a comprehensive suite of solutions. We are one of the largest global custody and front-to-back outsourcing partners. We offer services for the safekeeping of assets in capital markets globally, as well as fund accounting services, exchange-traded funds servicing, transfer agency, trust and depository, front-to-back capabilities as well as data and analytics solutions for our clients. We deliver foreign exchange, securities lending and financing solutions, on both an agency and principal basis. Our agency securities lending program is one of the largest lenders of U.S. and non-U.S. securities, servicing a lendable asset pool of approximately $5.6 trillion in 35 separate markets. Our market-leading liquidity services portal enables cash investments for institutional clients and includes fund research and analytics.

Our Digital Asset Custody platform offers custody and administration services for Bitcoin and Ether for select U.S. institutional clients. Our Digital Assets Funds Services provides accounting and administration, transfer agency and ETF services to digital asset funds. We continue to develop our digital asset capabilities, working closely with clients to address their evolving digital asset needs. As of and for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, our Digital Asset Custody platform and related initiatives had a de minimis impact on our assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.

The Issuer Services business includes Corporate Trust and Depositary Receipts. Our Corporate Trust business delivers a full range of issuer and related investor services, including trustee, paying agency, fiduciary, escrow and other financial services. We are a leading provider to debt capital markets, providing customized and market-driven solutions to investors, bondholders and lenders. Our Depositary Receipts business drives global investing by

providing servicing and value-added solutions that enable, facilitate and enhance cross-border trading, clearing, settlement and ownership. We are one of the largest providers of depositary receipts services in the world, partnering with leading companies from more than 50 countries.

Review of financial results

AUC/A of $40.1 trillion increased 12% compared with June 30, 2024, primarily reflecting higher market values, client inflows and the favorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar.

Total revenue of $2.5 billion increased 10% compared with the second quarter of 2024 and 8% compared with the first quarter of 2025. The drivers of total revenue by line of business are indicated below.

Asset Servicing revenue of $1.9 billion increased 11% compared with the second quarter of 2024 and 5% compared with the first quarter of 2025. The increase compared with the second quarter of 2024 primarily reflects higher net interest income, foreign exchange revenue, market values and higher client activity. The increase compared with the first quarter of 2025 primarily reflects higher foreign exchange revenue, net interest income and client activity.

Issuer Services revenue of $604 million increased 9% compared with the second quarter of 2024 and 18% compared with the first quarter of 2025. The increase compared with the second quarter of 2024 primarily reflects higher Depositary Receipts revenue. The increase compared with the first quarter of 2025 primarily reflects higher Depositary Receipts revenue and net interest income, partially offset by the disposal gain recorded in the first quarter of 2025.

Market and regulatory trends are driving investable assets toward lower fee asset management products at reduced margins for our clients. These dynamics are also negatively impacting our investment services fees. However, at the same time, these trends are providing additional outsourcing opportunities as clients and other market participants seek to comply with regulations and reduce their operating costs.

BNY 15

Noninterest expense of $1.6 billion increased 4% compared with the second quarter of 2024 and 2% compared with the first quarter of 2025. The increase compared with the second quarter of 2024 primarily reflects higher investments, employee merit increases, higher revenue-related expenses and the unfavorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by efficiency savings. The increase compared with the first quarter of 2025 primarily reflects revenue-related expenses and the unfavorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by efficiency savings.

Year-to-date 2025 compared with year-to-date 2024

Total revenue of $4.8 billion increased 9% compared with the first six months of 2024. Asset Servicing revenue of $3.7 billion increased 9% compared with the first six months of 2024, primarily reflecting higher net interest income, market values, foreign exchange revenue and higher client activity. Issuer Services revenue of $1.1 billion increased 9%, primarily reflecting higher Depositary Receipts revenue, the disposal gain recorded in the first quarter of 2025 and net new business in Corporate Trust, partially offset by lower net interest income.

Noninterest expense of $3.2 billion increased 4% compared with the first six months of 2024, primarily reflecting higher investments and revenue-related expenses and employee merit increases, partially offset by efficiency savings.

16 BNY

Market and Wealth Services business segment


																										YTD25
(dollars in millions, unless otherwise noted)																2Q25 vs.										vs.
	2Q25			1Q25			4Q24			3Q24			2Q24			1Q25		2Q24		YTD25			YTD24			YTD24
Revenue:
Investment services fees:
Pershing	$	513		$	503		$	516		$	475		$	474		2	%	8	%	$	1,016		$	956		6	%
Treasury Services	209			209			206			200			202			—		3		418			386			8
Clearance and Collateral Management	385			362			364			354			338			6		14		747			667			12
Total investment services fees	1,107			1,074			1,086			1,029			1,014			3		9		2,181			2,009			9
Foreign exchange revenue	30			29			27			23			23			3		30		59			47			26
Other fees (a)	63			65			61			58			58			(3)		9		128			116			10
Total fee revenue	1,200			1,168			1,174			1,110			1,095			3		10		2,368			2,172			9
Investment and other revenue	36			21			19			20			23			N/M		N/M		57			40			N/M
Total fee and other revenue	1,236			1,189			1,193			1,130			1,118			4		11		2,425			2,212			10
Net interest income	506			497			474			415			417			2		21		1,003			840			19
Total revenue	1,742			1,686			1,667			1,545			1,535			3		13		3,428			3,052			12
Provision for credit losses	(6)			4			9			7			(2)			N/M		N/M		(2)			3			N/M
Noninterest expense (excluding amortization of intangible assets)	897			865			851			833			832			4		8		1,762			1,665			6
Amortization of intangible assets	—			1			1			1			1			(100)		(100)		1			2			(50)
Total noninterest expense	897			866			852			834			833			4		8		1,763			1,667			6
Income before income taxes	$	851		$	816		$	806		$	704		$	704		4	%	21	%	$	1,667		$	1,382		21	%

Pre-tax operating margin	49		%	48		%	48		%	46		%	46		%					49		%	45		%

Total revenue by line of business:
Pershing	$	739		$	719		$	705		$	649		$	663		3	%	11	%	$	1,458		$	1,333		9	%
Treasury Services	490			477			471			424			426			3		15		967			842			15
Clearance and Collateral Management	513			490			491			472			446			5		15		1,003			877			14
Total revenue by line of business	$	1,742		$	1,686		$	1,667		$	1,545		$	1,535		3	%	13	%	$	3,428		$	3,052		12	%

Selected average balances:
Average loans	$	44,262		$	42,986		$	42,217		$	42,730		$	41,893		3	%	6	%	$	43,627		$	40,582		8	%
Average deposits	$	96,566		$	91,905		$	90,980		$	88,856		$	91,371		5	%	6	%	$	94,248		$	90,455		4	%

Selected metrics:
AUC/A at period end (in trillions) (b)	$	15.4		$	14.7		$	14.1		$	14.3		$	13.4		5	%	15	%

Pershing:
AUC/A at period end (in trillions)	$	2.8		$	2.7		$	2.7		$	2.7		$	2.6		4	%	8	%
Net new assets (U.S. platform) (in billions) (c)	$	(10)		$	11		$	41		$	(22)		$	(23)		N/M		N/M
Daily average revenue trades (“DARTs”) (U.S. platform) (in thousands)	334			298			254			251			280			12	%	19	%
Average active clearing accounts (in thousands)	8,405			8,406			8,260			8,085			8,057			—	%	4	%

Treasury Services:
Average daily U.S. dollar payment volumes	246,250			244,673			250,714			242,243			241,253			1	%	2	%

Clearance and Collateral Management:
Average collateral balances (in billions)	$	7,061		$	6,576		$	6,463		$	6,380		$	6,085		7	%	16	%

(a) Other fees primarily include financing-related fees.

(b) Consists of AUC/A from the Clearance and Collateral Management and Pershing lines of business.

(c) Net new assets represent net flows of assets (e.g., net cash deposits and net securities transfers, including dividends and interest) in customer accounts in Pershing LLC, a U.S. broker-dealer.

N/M – Not meaningful.

BNY 17

Business segment description

The Market and Wealth Services business segment consists of three distinct lines of business, Pershing, Treasury Services and Clearance and Collateral Management, which provide business services and technology solutions to entities including financial institutions, corporations, foundations and endowments, public funds and government agencies. For information on the drivers of the Market and Wealth Services fee revenue, see Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2024 Annual Report.

Pershing provides execution, clearing, custody, business and technology solutions, delivering operational support to broker-dealers, wealth managers and registered investment advisors (“RIAs”) globally.

Our Treasury Services business is a leading provider of global payments, liquidity management and trade finance services for financial institutions, corporations and the public sector.

Our Clearance and Collateral Management business clears and settles equity and fixed income transactions globally and serves as custodian for tri-party repo collateral worldwide. We are the primary provider of U.S. government securities clearance and a provider of non-U.S. government securities clearance. Our collateral services include collateral management, administration and segregation. We offer innovative solutions and industry expertise, which help financial institutions and institutional investors with their financing, risk and balance sheet challenges. We are a leading provider of collateral services with an average of $7.1 trillion serviced globally, including approximately $5.5 trillion of the U.S. tri-party repo market at June 30, 2025.

Review of financial results

AUC/A of $15.4 trillion increased 15% compared with June 30, 2024, primarily reflecting client inflows and higher market values.

Total revenue of $1.7 billion increased 13% compared with the second quarter of 2024 and 3% compared with the first quarter of 2025. The drivers of total revenue by line of business are indicated below.

Pershing revenue of $739 million increased 11% compared with the second quarter of 2024 and 3% compared with the first quarter of 2025. The increase compared with the second quarter of 2024 primarily reflects higher net interest income, client activity and market values. The increase compared with the first quarter of 2025 primarily reflects higher client activity. Net new assets were $(10) billion in the second quarter of 2025, reflecting the deconversion of a client that was acquired by a self-clearing competitor.

Treasury Services revenue of $490 million increased 15% compared with the second quarter of 2024 and 3% compared with the first quarter of 2025. The increase compared with the second quarter of 2024 primarily reflects higher net interest income and net new business. The increase compared with the first quarter of 2025 primarily reflects higher net interest income.

Clearance and Collateral Management revenue of $513 million increased 15% compared with the second quarter of 2024 and 5% compared with the first quarter of 2025. The increase compared with the second quarter of 2024 primarily reflects higher collateral management balances, clearance volumes and net interest income. The increase compared with the first quarter of 2025 primarily reflects higher collateral management balances and clearance volumes.

Noninterest expense of $897 million increased 8% compared with the second quarter of 2024 and 4% compared with the first quarter of 2025. The increase compared with the second quarter of 2024 primarily reflects higher investments and litigation reserves, employee merit increases and higher revenue-related expenses, partially offset by efficiency savings. The increase compared with the first quarter of 2025 primarily reflects higher litigation reserves and the unfavorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by efficiency savings.

Year-to-date 2025 compared with year-to-date 2024

Total revenue of $3.4 billion increased 12% compared with the first six months of 2024. Pershing revenue of $1.5 billion increased 9%, primarily reflecting higher net interest income, market values and client activity. Treasury Services revenue of $1.0 billion increased 15%, primarily reflecting higher net interest income and net new business. Clearance and

18 BNY

Collateral Management revenue of $1.0 billion increased 14%, primarily reflecting higher net interest income, clearance volumes and collateral management balances.

Noninterest expense of $1.8 billion increased 6% compared with the first six months of 2024, primarily reflecting higher investments, employee merit increases and higher litigation reserves, partially offset by efficiency savings.

Investment and Wealth Management business segment


																											YTD25
																2Q25 vs.										vs.
(dollars in millions)	2Q25			1Q25			4Q24			3Q24			2Q24			1Q25		2Q24		YTD25			YTD24				YTD24
Revenue:
Investment management fees (a)	$	748		$	735		$	789		$	782		$	754		2	%	(1)	%	$	1,483		$	1,522			(3)	%
Performance fees	10			5			20			13			8			N/M		N/M		15			18				N/M
Investment management and performance fees (b)	758			740			809			795			762			2		(1)		1,498			1,540				(3)
Distribution and servicing fees	69			68			68			68			69			1		—		137			139				(1)
Other fees (c)	(76)			(75)			(64)			(68)			(64)			N/M		N/M		(151)			(124)				N/M
Total fee revenue	751			733			813			795			767			2		(2)		1,484			1,555				(5)
Investment and other revenue (d)	9			5			13			9			11			N/M		N/M		14			28				N/M
Total fee and other revenue (d)	760			738			826			804			778			3		(2)		1,498			1,583				(5)
Net interest income	41			41			47			45			43			—		(5)		82			84				(2)
Total revenue	801			779			873			849			821			3		(2)		1,580			1,667				(5)
Provision for credit losses	—			2			—			1			4			N/M		N/M		2			3				N/M
Noninterest expense (excluding amortization of intangible assets) (a)	649			710			695			668			663			(9)		(2)		1,359			1,399				(3)

Amortization of intangible assets	4			4			5			4			5			—		(20)		8			9				(11)
Total noninterest expense	653			714			700			672			668			(9)		(2)		1,367			1,408				(3)
Income before income taxes	$	148		$	63		$	173		$	176		$	149		135	%	(1)	%	$	211		$	256			(18)	%

Pre-tax operating margin	19		%	8		%	20		%	21		%	18		%					13		%	15		%
Adjusted pre-tax operating margin – Non-GAAP (e)	20		%	9		%	22		%	23		%	20		%					15		%	17		%

Total revenue by line of business:
Investment Management (a)	$	531		$	505		$	585		$	569		$	549		5	%	(3)	%	$	1,036		$	1,125			(8)	%
Wealth Management	270			274			288			280			272			(1)		(1)		544			542				—
Total revenue by line of business	$	801		$	779		$	873		$	849		$	821		3	%	(2)	%	$	1,580		$	1,667			(5)	%

Selected average balances:
Average loans	$	13,991		$	13,537		$	13,718		$	13,648		$	13,520		3	%	3	%	$	13,765		$	13,536			2	%
Average deposits	$	9,216		$	9,917		$	9,967		$	10,032		$	11,005		(7)	%	(16)	%	$	9,565		$	11,185			(14)	%

(a) Beginning in the first quarter of 2025, certain rebate agreements, which were previously recorded as distribution and servicing expense, began to be reflected as a reduction of investment management fees. These amounts totaled approximately $20 million for all quarterly periods presented and impacted the year-over-year variances for investment management fees and related revenue subtotals, noninterest expense and Investment Management total revenue in the table above.

(b) On a constant currency basis, investment management and performance fees decreased 2% (Non-GAAP) compared with the second quarter of 2024. See “Supplemental information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 44 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

(d) Investment and other revenue and total fee and other revenue are net of income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests related to consolidated investment management funds.

(e) Net of distribution and servicing expense. See “Supplemental information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 44 for the reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

N/M – Not meaningful.

BNY 19


AUM trends											2Q25 vs.
(dollars in billions)	2Q25		1Q25		4Q24		3Q24		2Q24		1Q25		2Q24
AUM by product type: (a)
Equity	$	168	$	156	$	162	$	173	$	167	8	%	1	%
Fixed income	248		234		221		235		221		6		12
Index	488		470		491		498		485		4		1
Liability-driven investments	588		549		548		637		598		7		(2)
Multi-asset and alternative investments	173		167		171		175		173		4		—
Cash	441		432		436		426		401		2		10
Total AUM	$	2,106	$	2,008	$	2,029	$	2,144	$	2,045	5	%	3	%

Changes in AUM: (a)
Beginning balance of AUM	$	2,008	$	2,029	$	2,144	$	2,045	$	2,015
Net inflows (outflows):
Long-term strategies:
Equity	(3)		(3)		(5)		(2)		(4)
Fixed income	5		2		(2)		4		4
Liability-driven investments	—		1		(11)		(4)		4
Multi-asset and alternative investments	(4)		(2)		(2)		(6)		(2)
Total long-term active strategies (outflows) inflows	(2)		(2)		(20)		(8)		2
Index	(22)		(11)		(7)		(16)		(4)
Total long-term strategies (outflows)	(24)		(13)		(27)		(24)		(2)
Short-term strategies:
Cash	7		(5)		12		24		(7)
Total net (outflows)	(17)		(18)		(15)		—		(9)
Net market impact	70		(25)		(45)		58		40
Net currency impact	45		22		(55)		41		(1)

Ending balance of AUM	$	2,106	$	2,008	$	2,029	$	2,144	$	2,045	5	%	3	%

Wealth Management client assets (b)	$	339	$	327	$	327	$	333	$	308	4	%	10	%

(a) Represents assets managed in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

(b) Includes AUM and AUC/A in the Wealth Management line of business.

Business segment description

Our Investment and Wealth Management business segment consists of the Investment Management and Wealth Management lines of business. Our investment firms deliver a highly diversified portfolio of investment strategies independently, and through our global distribution network, to institutional and retail clients globally. Wealth Management provides investment management, custody, wealth and estate planning, private banking services, investment servicing and information management. See pages 18 and 19 of our 2024 Annual Report for additional information on our Investment and Wealth Management business segment.

Review of financial results

AUM of $2.1 trillion as of June 30, 2025, increased 3% compared with June 30, 2024, primarily reflecting higher market values and the favorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by cumulative net outflows.

Net long-term strategy outflows were $24 billion in the second quarter of 2025, driven by index, multi-asset and alternative and equity investments, partially offset by inflows of fixed income investments. Short-term strategy inflows were $7 billion in the second quarter of 2025. Market and regulatory trends have resulted in increased demand for lower fee asset management products and for performance-based fees.

Total revenue of $801 million decreased 2% compared with the second quarter of 2024 and increased 3% compared with the first quarter of 2025.

Investment Management revenue of $531 million decreased 3% compared with the second quarter of 2024 and increased 5% compared with the first quarter of 2025. The decrease compared with the second quarter of 2024 primarily reflects the mix of AUM flows and the adjustment for certain rebates (offset in noninterest expense) (refer to note (a) on page 19), partially offset by higher market values, the favorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar and higher

20 BNY

equity investment income. The increase compared with the first quarter of 2025 primarily reflects higher seed capital gains, equity investment income and the favorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar, partially offset by the mix of AUM flows.

Wealth Management revenue of $270 million decreased 1% compared with the second quarter of 2024 and 1% compared with the first quarter of 2025. The decrease compared with the second quarter of 2024 primarily reflects lower net interest income and changes in product mix, partially offset by higher market values.

Revenue generated in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment included 29% from non-U.S. sources in the second quarter of 2025, compared with 30% in the second quarter of 2024 and 28% in the first quarter of 2025.

Noninterest expense of $653 million decreased 2% compared with the second quarter of 2024 and 9% compared with the first quarter of 2025. The decrease compared with the second quarter of 2024 primarily reflects lower revenue-related expenses (including the adjustment for certain rebates) and efficiency savings, partially offset by higher

severance expense and the unfavorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar. The decrease compared with the first quarter of 2025 primarily reflects lower revenue-related expenses and efficiency savings, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar.

Year-to-date 2025 compared with year-to-date 2024

Total revenue of $1.6 billion decreased 5% compared with the first six months of 2024. Investment Management revenue of $1.0 billion decreased 8%, primarily reflecting the mix of AUM flows and the adjustment for certain rebates (offset in noninterest expense) (refer to note (a) on page 19), partially offset by higher market values. Wealth Management revenue of $544 million was flat reflecting higher market values, offset by changes in product mix and lower net interest income.

Noninterest expense of $1.4 billion decreased 3% compared with the first six months of 2024, primarily reflecting lower revenue-related expenses (including the adjustment for certain rebates) and efficiency savings, partially offset by higher investments and employee merit increases.

Other segment



(in millions)	2Q25		1Q25		4Q24		3Q24		2Q24		YTD25		YTD24
Fee revenue	$	(15)	$	(28)	$	(20)	$	(1)	$	(4)	$	(43)	$	(21)
Investment and other revenue	33		62		9		55		29		95		76
Total fee and other revenue	18		34		(11)		54		25		52		55
Net interest (expense)	(19)		(9)		(8)		(21)		(25)		(28)		(32)
Total revenue	(1)		25		(19)		33		—		24		23
Provision for credit losses	2		4		(4)		—		1		6		13
Noninterest expense	36		88		137		37		15		124		80
(Loss) before income taxes	$	(39)	$	(67)	$	(152)	$	(4)	$	(16)	$	(106)	$	(70)

Average loans and leases	$	1,685	$	1,800	$	1,723	$	1,750	$	1,767	$	1,743	$	1,791

See page 20 of our 2024 Annual Report for additional information on the Other segment.

Review of financial results

Total revenue includes corporate treasury and other investment activity, including hedging activity, which has an offsetting impact between fee and other revenue and net interest expense.

Total revenue decreased $1 million compared with the second quarter of 2024 and $26 million compared with the first quarter of 2025. The decrease compared with the first quarter of 2025 primarily reflects net losses on sales of securities.

Noninterest expense increased $21 million compared with the second quarter of 2024 and decreased $52 million compared with the first quarter of 2025. The increase compared with the second quarter of 2024

BNY 21

primarily reflects higher staff expense and the net impact of the adjustments to the FDIC special assessment, partially offset by lower litigation reserves. The decrease compared with the first quarter of 2025 primarily reflects lower litigation reserves and severance expense.

Year-to-date 2025 compared with year-to-date 2024

Loss before income taxes increased $36 million compared with the first six months of 2024, primarily driven by higher noninterest expense. Noninterest expense increased $44 million compared with the first six months of 2024, primarily reflecting higher staff-related expense and the net impact of the adjustments to the FDIC special assessment, partially offset by lower litigation reserves.

Critical accounting estimates

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2024 Annual Report. Our critical accounting estimates are those related to the allowance for credit losses, goodwill and other intangibles and litigation and regulatory contingencies, as referenced below.


Critical accounting estimates			Reference
Allowance for credit losses			2024 Annual Report, pages 23-24, and “Allowance for credit losses.”
Goodwill and other intangibles			2024 Annual Report, pages 24-25. Also see below.
Litigation and regulatory contingencies			“Legal proceedings” in Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Goodwill and other intangibles

BNY’s business segments include seven reporting units for which goodwill impairment testing is performed on an annual basis. An interim goodwill impairment test is performed when events or circumstances occur that may indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of any reporting unit may be less than its carrying value.

In the second quarter of 2025, due to the results of the first quarter 2025 interim and annual goodwill impairment test and macroeconomic conditions, we performed an interim goodwill impairment test of the

Investment Management reporting unit, which had $6.2 billion of allocated goodwill. The fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by approximately 11%. We determined the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit using an income approach based on management’s projections as of June 30, 2025. The discount rate applied to these cash flows was 10%.

As of June 30, 2025, if the discount rate applied to the estimated cash flows was increased or decreased by 25 basis points, the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit would decrease or increase by 4%, respectively. Similarly, if the long-term growth rate was increased or decreased by 10 basis points, the fair value of the Investment Management reporting unit would increase or decrease by approximately 1%, respectively.

In the second quarter of 2025, we also performed our annual goodwill impairment test on the remaining six reporting units using an income approach to estimate fair values of each reporting unit. Estimated cash flows used in the income approach were based on management’s projections as of April 1, 2025. The discount rate applied to these cash flows was 10%.

As a result of the annual goodwill impairment test, no goodwill impairment was recognized. The fair values of the Company’s remaining six reporting units were substantially in excess of the respective reporting units’ carrying value.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is subject to uncertainty as it is reliant on estimates of cash flows that extend far into the future, and, by their nature, are difficult to estimate over such an extended time frame. In the future, changes in the assumptions or the discount rate could produce a material non-cash goodwill impairment.

Consolidated balance sheet review

One of our key risk management objectives is to maintain a balance sheet that remains strong throughout market cycles to meet the expectations of our major stakeholders, including our shareholders, clients, creditors and regulators.

We also seek to undertake overall liquidity risk, including intraday liquidity risk, that stays within our risk appetite. The objective of our balance sheet

22 BNY

management strategy is to maintain a balance sheet that is characterized by strong liquidity and asset quality, ready access to external funding sources at competitive rates and a strong capital structure that supports our risk-taking activities and is adequate to absorb potential losses. In managing the balance sheet, appropriate consideration is given to balancing the competing needs of maintaining sufficient levels of liquidity and complying with applicable regulations and supervisory expectations while optimizing profitability.

At June 30, 2025, total assets were $486 billion, compared with $416 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase in total assets was primarily driven by higher interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, securities and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, partially offset by lower trading assets. Deposits totaled $346 billion at June 30, 2025, compared with $290 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase reflects higher interest-bearing deposits and noninterest-bearing deposits. Total interest-bearing deposits as a percentage of total interest-earning assets were 66% at June 30, 2025 and 65% at Dec. 31, 2024.

At June 30, 2025, available funds totaled $199 billion and included cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. This compares with available funds of $144 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. Total available funds as a percentage of total assets was 41% at June 30, 2025 and 35% at Dec. 31, 2024. For additional information on our available funds, see “Liquidity and dividends.”

Securities were $147 billion, or 30% of total assets, at June 30, 2025, compared with $137 billion, or 33% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase primarily reflects higher U.S. Treasury, non-U.S. government and unrealized pre-tax gains in the first six months of 2025, partially offset by lower U.S. government agencies. For additional information on our securities portfolio, see “Securities” and Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Loans were $73 billion, or 15% of total assets, at June 30, 2025, compared with $72 billion, or 17% of total assets, at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase was primarily driven by higher margin loans. For additional information on our loan portfolio, see “Loans” and Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Long-term debt totaled $33 billion at June 30, 2025 and $31 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. Issuances and an increase in the fair value of hedged long‐term debt were partially offset by maturities and redemptions. For additional information on long-term debt, see “Liquidity and dividends.”

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation total shareholders’ equity totaled $44 billion at June 30, 2025 and $41 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. For additional information, see “Capital.”

Country risk exposure

The following table presents BNY’s top 10 exposure by country (excluding the U.S.) as of June 30, 2025, as well as certain countries with higher risk profiles. The exposure is presented on an internal risk management basis and has not been reduced by the allowance for credit losses. We monitor our exposure to these and other countries as part of our internal country risk management process.

The country risk exposure below reflects the Company’s risk to an immediate default of the counterparty or obligor based on the country of residence of the entity which incurs the liability. If there is credit risk mitigation, the country of residence of the entity providing the risk mitigation is the country of risk. The country of risk for securities is generally based on the domicile of the issuer of the security. The country risk exposure below does not reflect exposure that might arise from certain commitments and contingent liabilities set forth in Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

BNY 23


Country risk exposure at June 30, 2025	Interest-bearing deposits											Total exposure
(in billions)	Central banks		Banks			Lending (a)		Securities (b)		Other (c)
Top 10 country exposure:
Germany	$	16.2	$	0.3		$	0.7	$	3.6	$	0.2	$	21.0
United Kingdom (“UK”)	10.3		0.5			1.3		6.7		1.7		20.5
Japan	6.4		0.9			—		0.5		0.3		8.1
Canada	—		1.0			—		4.1		1.9		7.0
Netherlands	1.9		—			0.4		3.2		0.1		5.6
Belgium	3.3		0.6			0.2		1.1		0.1		5.3
France	—		—			0.2		3.2		0.6		4.0
Australia	—		2.0			0.3		0.7		0.5		3.5
Luxembourg	0.2		0.2			1.3		0.1		1.4		3.2
South Korea	0.1		—			2.2		0.2		0.6		3.1
Total Top 10 country exposure	$	38.4	$	5.5		$	6.6	$	23.4	$	7.4	$	81.3	(d)

Select country exposure:
Brazil	$	—	$	—		$	1.1	$	0.1	$	0.2	$	1.4
Russia	—		1.0		(e)	—		—		—		1.0

(a) Lending includes loans, acceptances, issued letters of credit, net of participations, and lending-related commitments.

(b) Securities include both the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios.

(c) Other exposure includes over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative and securities financing transactions, net of collateral.

(d) The top 10 country exposure comprises 65% of our total non-U.S. exposure.

(e) Represents cash balances with exposure to Russia.

We have exposure to certain countries with higher risk profiles. The country risk exposure to Brazil is primarily short-term trade finance loans extended to large financial institutions. We also have operations in Brazil providing investment services and investment management services.

The war in Ukraine has increased our focus on Russia. The country risk exposure to Russia consists of cash balances related to our Securities Services businesses and may increase in the future to the extent cash is allocated for the benefit of our clients that is subject to distribution restrictions. BNY has ceased new banking business in Russia and suspended investment management purchases of Russian securities.

Russian securities included in our AUC/A and AUM at June 30, 2025 continue to be insignificant as a percentage of the total AUC/A and AUM, respectively. We will continue to work with multinational clients that depend on our custody and recordkeeping services to manage their exposures.

We are monitoring our exposure to Israel as part of our internal country risk management process. At June 30, 2025, our total exposure to Israel was $323 million and primarily consisted of investment grade short-term interest-bearing deposits and OTC derivatives maturing within six months.

Securities

In the discussion of our securities portfolio, we have included certain credit ratings information because the information can indicate the degree of credit risk to which we are exposed. Significant changes in ratings classifications could indicate increased credit risk for us and could be accompanied by an increase in the allowance for credit losses and/or a reduction in the fair value of our securities portfolio.

24 BNY

The following table shows the distribution of our total securities portfolio.


Securities portfolio	March 31, 2025		2Q25 change in unrealized gain (loss)		June 30, 2025				Fair value as a % of amortized cost (a)		Unrealized (loss)			% Floating rate (b)		Ratings (c)
																		BBB+/ BBB-		BB+ and lower
(dollars in millions)	Fair value				Amortized cost (a)		Fair value									AAA/ AA-						A+/ A-		Not rated
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”)	$	44,912	$	204	$	47,440	$	44,277	93	%	$	(3,163)		20	%	100	%	—	%	—	%	—	%		—	%
Non-U.S. government (d)	33,025		191		34,090		34,047		100		(43)			24		94		4		2		—			—
U.S. Treasury	27,898		62		30,068		29,732		99		(336)			41		100		—		—		—			—
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”)	10,197		51		10,272		9,935		97		(337)			44		100		—		—		—			—
Foreign covered bonds (e)	7,856		27		8,460		8,443		100		(17)			36		100		—		—		—			—
Collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”)	7,844		10		8,062		8,061		100		(1)			100		100		—		—		—			—
U.S. government agencies	5,391		32		5,139		4,906		95		(233)			24		100		—		—		—			—
Non-agency commercial MBS	2,458		19		2,486		2,369		95		(117)			48		100		—		—		—			—
Non-agency RMBS	1,445		3		1,567		1,427		91		(140)			39		100		—		—		—			—
Other asset-backed securities (“ABS”)	499		5		454		426		94		(28)			20		100		—		—		—			—

Other debt securities	10		—		11		10		91		(1)			—		—		—		—		—			100
Total securities	$	141,535	$	604	$	148,049	$	143,633	97	%	$	(4,416)	(f)	33	%	99	%	1	%	—	%	—	%		—	%

(a) Amortized cost includes the impact of hedged item basis adjustments, which was a net decrease of $901 million, and is net of the allowance for credit losses.

(b) Includes the impact of hedges.

(d) Includes supranational securities. Primarily consists of exposure to the UK, France, Germany and the Netherlands.

(e) Primarily consists of exposure to Canada, the UK, the Netherlands and Germany.

(f) At June 30, 2025, includes pre-tax net unrealized losses of $981 million related to available-for-sale securities, net of hedges, and $3,435 million related to held-to-maturity securities. The after-tax unrealized losses, net of hedges, related to available-for-sale securities is $746 million and the after-tax equivalent related to held-to-maturity securities is $2,621 million.

The fair value of our securities portfolio was $143.6 billion at June 30, 2025, compared with $132.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase primarily reflects higher U.S. Treasury, non-U.S. government and unrealized pre-tax gains in the first six months of 2025, partially offset by lower U.S. government agencies.

At June 30, 2025, the securities portfolio had a net unrealized loss, including the impact of related hedges, of $4.4 billion, compared with $6.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. The improvement in the unrealized loss, including the impact of related hedges, primarily reflects the impact of lower interest rates.

The fair value of the available-for-sale securities totaled $98.7 billion at June 30, 2025, or 69% of the securities portfolio. The fair value of the held-to-maturity securities totaled $45.0 billion at June 30, 2025, or 31% of the securities portfolio.

The unrealized loss (after-tax) on our available-for-sale securities portfolio, net of hedges, included in accumulated other comprehensive income was $746 million at June 30, 2025, compared with $1.2 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. The improvement in the net unrealized loss, including the impact of hedges, primarily reflects the impact of lower interest rates.

At June 30, 2025, 99% of the securities in our portfolio were rated AAA/AA-, unchanged compared with Dec. 31, 2024.

See Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the pre-tax net securities gains (losses) by security type. See Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for securities by level in the fair value hierarchy.

BNY 25

The following table presents the net premium (discount) and net amortization (accretion) related to the securities portfolio.


Net premium (discount) and net amortization (accretion) related to the securities portfolio (a)
(in millions)	2Q25		1Q25		2Q24

Net purchase premium (discount) that is amortizable (accretable)	$	(1,289)	$	(1,285)	$	344

Net amortization (accretion) (b)	$	(45)	$	(24)	$	9

(a) Amortization of purchase premium decreases net interest income while accretion of discount increases net interest income. Both were recorded on a level yield basis.

(b) Including the impact of the accretion of discontinued hedges, there was a net accretion of $105 million in the second quarter of 2025, $82 million in the first quarter of 2025 and $25 million in the second quarter of 2024.

Loans


Total exposure – consolidated	June 30, 2025						Dec. 31, 2024
(in billions)	Loans		Unfunded commitments		Total exposure		Loans		Unfunded commitments		Total exposure
Financial institutions	$	13.1	$	35.3	$	48.4	$	13.2	$	35.2	$	48.4
Commercial	1.3		12.1		13.4		1.4		11.9		13.3
Wealth management loans	9.2		0.7		9.9		8.7		0.7		9.4
Wealth management mortgages	8.8		0.2		9.0		8.9		0.2		9.1
Commercial real estate	6.9		3.0		9.9		6.8		3.1		9.9
Lease financings	0.2		—		0.2		0.6		—		0.6
Other residential mortgages	1.4		—		1.4		1.1		—		1.1
Overdrafts	3.2		—		3.2		3.5		—		3.5
Capital call financing	5.1		3.0		8.1		5.2		3.1		8.3
Other	3.6		—		3.6		3.1		—		3.1
Margin loans	20.3		0.4		20.7		19.1		—		19.1
Total	$	73.1	$	54.7	$	127.8	$	71.6	$	54.2	$	125.8

At June 30, 2025, our total lending-related exposure was $127.8 billion, an increase of 2%, compared with Dec. 31, 2024, primarily reflecting higher exposure in the margin loans, wealth management loans and the other loans portfolios, partially offset by lower lease financings.

Our financial institutions and commercial portfolios comprise our largest concentrated risk. These portfolios comprised 48% of our total exposure at June 30, 2025 and 49% at Dec. 31, 2024. Additionally, most of our overdrafts relate to financial institutions.

Financial institutions

The financial institutions portfolio is shown below.


Financial institutions portfolio exposure (dollars in billions)	June 30, 2025										Dec. 31, 2024
	Loans		Unfunded commitments		Total exposure		% Inv. grade		% due <1 yr.		Loans		Unfunded commitments		Total exposure
Securities industry	$	3.3	$	20.1	$	23.4	100	%	99	%	$	2.3	$	20.3	$	22.6
Asset managers	1.7		8.1		9.8		96		74		1.8		8.4		10.2
Banks	7.9		1.6		9.5		84		94		8.9		1.4		10.3
Insurance	0.1		4.2		4.3		100		8		—		4.2		4.2
Government	—		0.6		0.6		100		18		—		0.4		0.4
Other	0.1		0.7		0.8		100		39		0.2		0.5		0.7
Total	$	13.1	$	35.3	$	48.4	96	%	83	%	$	13.2	$	35.2	$	48.4

The financial institutions portfolio exposure was $48.4 billion at June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, reflecting higher exposure in the securities industry

portfolio, offset by lower exposure in the banks portfolio.

26 BNY

Financial institution exposures are high quality, with 96% of the exposures meeting the investment grade equivalent criteria of our internal credit rating classification at June 30, 2025. Each customer is assigned an internal credit rating, which is mapped to an equivalent external rating agency grade based upon a number of dimensions, which are continually evaluated and may change over time. For ratings of non-U.S. counterparties, our internal credit rating is generally capped at a rating equivalent to the sovereign rating of the country where the counterparty resides, regardless of the internal credit rating assigned to the counterparty or the underlying collateral.

The exposure to financial institutions is generally short term, with 83% of the exposures expiring within one year. At June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, 18% of the exposure to financial institutions had an expiration within 90 days.

In addition, 68% of the financial institutions exposure was secured at June 30, 2025. For example, securities industry clients and asset managers often borrow against marketable securities held in custody.

At June 30, 2025, the secured intraday credit provided to dealers in connection with their tri-party repo activity totaled $13.5 billion and was included in the securities industry portfolio. Dealers secure the outstanding intraday credit with high-quality liquid collateral having a market value in excess of the amount of the outstanding credit. Secured intraday credit facilities represent 28% of the exposure in the financial institutions portfolio and are reviewed and reapproved annually.

Our banks portfolio exposure primarily relates to our global trade finance. These exposures are short term in nature, with 94% due in less than one year. The investment grade percentage of our banks exposure was 84% at June 30, 2025, compared with 85% at Dec. 31, 2024. Our non-investment grade exposures are primarily trade finance loans in Brazil.

The asset managers portfolio exposure is high quality, with 96% of the exposures meeting our investment grade equivalent ratings criteria as of June 30, 2025. These exposures are generally short-term liquidity facilities, with the majority to regulated mutual funds.

Commercial

The commercial portfolio is presented below.


Commercial portfolio exposure	June 30, 2025										Dec. 31, 2024
(dollars in billions)	Loans		Unfunded commitments		Total exposure		% Inv. grade		% due <1 yr.		Loans		Unfunded commitments		Total exposure
Energy and utilities	$	0.1	$	4.2	$	4.3	93	%	5	%	$	0.2	$	4.1	$	4.3
Services and other	0.8		3.4		4.2		98		28		0.7		3.5		4.2
Manufacturing	0.3		3.8		4.1		97		15		0.5		3.5		4.0
Media and telecom	0.1		0.7		0.8		81		—		—		0.8		0.8
Total	$	1.3	$	12.1	$	13.4	95	%	15	%	$	1.4	$	11.9	$	13.3

The commercial portfolio exposure was $13.4 billion at June 30, 2025, an increase of 1% from Dec. 31, 2024, driven by higher exposure in the manufacturing portfolio.

Our credit strategy is to focus on investment grade clients that are active users of our non-credit services. The following table summarizes the percentage of the financial institutions and commercial portfolio exposures that are investment grade.


Percentage of the portfolios that are investment grade
	Quarter ended
	June 30, 2025		March 31, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024		Sept. 30, 2024		June 30, 2024
Financial institutions	96	%	96	%	96	%	96	%	97	%
Commercial	95	%	96	%	96	%	97	%	96	%

Wealth management loans

Our wealth management loan exposure was $9.9 billion at June 30, 2025, compared with $9.4 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. Wealth management loans primarily consist of loans to high-net-worth

BNY 27

individuals, a majority of which are secured by the customers’ investment management accounts or custody accounts.

Wealth management mortgages

Our wealth management mortgage exposure was $9.0 billion at June 30, 2025, compared with $9.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. Wealth management mortgages primarily consist of loans to high-net-worth individuals, which are secured by residential property. Wealth management mortgages are

primarily interest-only, adjustable-rate mortgages with a weighted-average loan-to-value ratio of 61% at origination. Less than 1% of the mortgages were past due at June 30, 2025.

At June 30, 2025, the wealth management mortgage portfolio consisted of the following geographic concentrations: California – 20%; New York – 14%; Florida – 11%; Massachusetts – 8%; and other – 47%.

Commercial real estate

The composition of the commercial real estate portfolio by asset class, including percentage secured, is presented below.


Composition of commercial real estate portfolio by asset class	June 30, 2025				Dec. 31, 2024
	Total exposure		Percentage secured (a)		Total exposure		Percentage secured (a)
(in billions)

Residential	$	4.3	88	%	$	4.2	88	%
Office	2.4		75		2.4		75
Retail	0.8		61		0.7		58
Mixed use	0.7		32		0.7		32
Healthcare	0.7		44		0.7		43
Hotels	0.6		35		0.6		33
Other	0.4		63		0.6		65
Total commercial real estate	$	9.9	71	%	$	9.9	71	%

(a) Represents the percentage of exposure secured by real estate in each asset class.

Our commercial real estate exposure totaled $9.9 billion at June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024. Our income-producing commercial real estate facilities are focused on experienced owners and are structured with moderate leverage based on existing cash flows. Our commercial real estate lending activities also include construction and renovation facilities. Our client base consists of experienced developers and long-term holders of real estate assets. Loans are approved on the basis of existing or projected cash flows and supported by appraisals and knowledge of local market conditions. Development loans are structured with moderate leverage and, in many instances, involve some level of recourse to the developer.

At June 30, 2025, the unsecured portfolio consisted of real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and real estate operating companies, which are both primarily investment grade.

At June 30, 2025, our commercial real estate portfolio consisted of the following concentrations: New York

metro – 34%; REITs and real estate operating companies – 28%; and other – 38%.

Lease financings

The lease financings portfolio exposure totaled $154 million at June 30, 2025, compared with $603 million at Dec. 31, 2024. At June 30, 2025, all of leasing exposure was investment grade, or investment grade equivalent, and consisted of exposures backed by well-diversified assets, primarily concentrated in the U.S.

Other residential mortgages

The other residential mortgages portfolio primarily consists of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans and totaled $1.4 billion at June 30, 2025, compared with $1.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2024.

28 BNY

Overdrafts

Overdrafts primarily relate to custody and securities clearance clients and are generally repaid within two business days.

Capital call financing

Capital call financing includes loans to private equity funds that are secured by the fund investors’ capital commitments and the funds’ rights to call capital.

Other loans

Other loans primarily include loans to consumers that are fully collateralized with equities, mutual funds and fixed-income securities.

Margin loans

Margin loan exposure of $20.7 billion at June 30, 2025, compared with $19.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2024

was collateralized with marketable securities. Borrowers are required to maintain a daily collateral margin in excess of 100% of the value of the loan. Margin loans included $8 billion at June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, related to a term loan program that offers fully collateralized loans to broker-dealers.

Allowance for credit losses

Our credit strategy is to focus on investment grade clients who are active users of our non-credit services. Our primary exposure to the credit risk of a customer consists of funded loans, unfunded contractual commitments to lend, standby letters of credit and overdrafts associated with our custody and securities clearance businesses.

The following table details changes in our allowance for credit losses.


Allowance for credit losses activity	June 30, 2025			March 31, 2025			Dec. 31, 2024			June 30, 2024
(dollars in millions)



Beginning balance of allowance for credit losses	$	401		$	392		$	401		$	440

Provision for credit losses	(17)			18			20			—
Net (charge-offs) recoveries:
Loans:
Commercial real estate	(5)			(10)			(29)			(43)

Other residential mortgages	—			1			—			—



Other financial instruments	—			—			—			(1)
Net (charge-offs)	(5)			(9)			(29)			(44)
Ending balance of allowance for credit losses	$	379		$	401		$	392		$	396

Allowance for loan losses	$	275		$	295		$	294		$	286
Allowance for lending-related commitments	70			75			72			73
Allowance for other financial instruments (a)	34			31			26			37
Total allowance for credit losses	$	379		$	401		$	392		$	396

Total loans, at period end	$	73,096		$	71,404		$	71,570		$	70,642




Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans	0.38		%	0.41		%	0.41		%	0.40		%
Allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments as a percentage of total loans	0.47		%	0.52		%	0.51		%	0.51		%

(a) Includes allowance for credit losses on federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, available-for-sale securities, held-to-maturity securities, accounts receivable, cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits with banks.

Provision for credit losses was a benefit of $17 million in the second quarter of 2025, primarily driven by property-specific reserve releases in our commercial real estate portfolio.

The allowance for loan losses and the allowance for lending-related commitments represent

management’s estimate of lifetime expected losses in our credit portfolio. This evaluation process is subject to numerous estimates and judgments. To the extent actual results differ from forecasts or management’s judgment, the allowance for credit losses may be greater or less than future charge-offs.

BNY 29

Based on an evaluation of the allowance for credit losses as discussed in “Critical accounting estimates” in our 2024 Annual Report, we have allocated our allowance for loans and lending-related commitments as presented below.


Allocation of allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments (a)	June 30, 2025				March 31, 2025				Dec. 31, 2024				June 30, 2024
(dollars in millions)	$		%		$		%		$		%			$		%
Commercial real estate	$	291	84	%	$	326	88	%	$	315	86	%		$	298	83	%
Financial institutions	25		7		16		4		19		5			21		6
Commercial	13		4		15		4		20		5			27		7
Capital call financing	7		2		4		1		3		1			3		1
Wealth management mortgages	6		1		6		1		6		1			6		1
Other residential mortgages	2		1		2		1		2		1			3		1
Wealth management loans	1		1		1		1		1		1			1		1


Total	$	345	100	%	$	370	100	%	$	366	100	%		$	359	100	%

(a) The allowance allocated to lease financing, margin loans, overdrafts and other loans was insignificant at June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025, Dec. 31, 2024 and June 30, 2024. We have rarely suffered a loss on these types of loans.

The allocation of the allowance for credit losses is inherently judgmental, and the entire allowance for credit losses is available to absorb credit losses regardless of the nature of the losses.

Our allowance for credit losses is sensitive to a number of inputs, most notably the macroeconomic forecast assumptions that are incorporated into our estimate of credit losses through the expected life of the loan portfolio, as well as credit ratings assigned to each borrower. As the macroeconomic environment and related forecasts change, the allowance for credit losses may change materially. The following sensitivity analyses do not represent management’s expectations of the deterioration of our portfolios or the economic environment, but are provided as hypothetical scenarios to assess the sensitivity of the allowance for credit losses to changes in key inputs. If commercial real estate property values were increased 10% and all other credits were rated one grade better, the quantitative allowance would have decreased by $45 million, and if commercial real estate property values were decreased 10% and all other credits were rated one grade worse, the quantitative allowance would have increased by $85 million. Our multi-scenario-based macroeconomic forecast used in determining the June 30, 2025 allowance for credit losses consisted of three scenarios. The baseline scenario reflects slowing GDP growth through the end of 2025 before accelerating next year, slightly increasing unemployment through the end of 2025 and stable commercial real estate prices through the end of 2025. The upside scenario reflects higher GDP growth through the end of 2025 before moderating, declining unemployment through the end of 2025 and slightly increasing commercial real estate prices

through the end of 2025 compared with the baseline. The downside scenario contemplates negative GDP growth through the end of 2025, rapidly increasing unemployment through the end of 2025 and sharply lower commercial real estate prices through the end of 2025 compared with the baseline. At June 30, 2025, we placed equal weighting on our baseline and downside scenarios, with the remaining weighting placed on the upside scenario. From a sensitivity perspective, at June 30, 2025, if we had applied 100% weighting to the downside scenario, the allowance for credit losses would have been approximately $108 million higher.

Nonperforming assets

The table below presents our nonperforming assets.


Nonperforming assets	June 30, 2025			Dec. 31, 2024
(dollars in millions)
Nonperforming loans:
Commercial real estate	$	131		$	143
Other residential mortgages	18			19
Wealth management mortgages	10			15




Total nonperforming loans	159			177
Other assets owned	2			2
Total nonperforming assets	$	161		$	179
Nonperforming assets ratio	0.22		%	0.25		%
Allowance for loan losses/nonperforming loans	173.0			166.1
Allowance for loan losses/nonperforming assets	170.8			164.2
Allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments/nonperforming loans	217.0			206.8
Allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments/nonperforming assets	214.3			204.5

30 BNY

Deposits

Total deposits were $346.4 billion at June 30, 2025, an increase of 20%, compared with $289.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase reflects higher interest-bearing deposits and noninterest-bearing deposits.

Noninterest-bearing deposits were $67.7 billion at June 30, 2025, compared with $58.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. Interest-bearing deposits were primarily demand deposits and totaled $278.7 billion at June 30, 2025, compared with $231.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2024.

Short-term borrowings

We fund our operations primarily through deposits and, to a lesser extent, other short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements, payables to customers and broker-dealers, commercial paper and other borrowed funds. Certain short-term borrowings, for example, securities sold under repurchase agreements, require the delivery of securities as collateral.

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements include repurchase agreement activity with the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (“FICC”), where we record interest expense on a gross basis, but the ending and average balances reflect the impact of offsetting under enforceable netting agreements. This activity primarily relates to government securities collateralized resale and repurchase agreements executed with clients that are novated to and settle with the FICC.

Payables to customers and broker-dealers represent funds awaiting reinvestment and short sale proceeds payable on demand. Payables to customers and broker-dealers are driven by customer trading activity and market volatility.

The Bank of New York Mellon issues commercial paper that matures within 397 days from the date of issue and is not redeemable prior to maturity or subject to voluntary prepayment.

Other borrowed funds primarily include borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank, overdrafts of sub-custodian account balances in our Securities Services businesses and borrowings under lines of credit by our Pershing subsidiaries. Overdrafts typically relate to timing differences for settlements.

Liquidity and dividends

BNY defines liquidity as the ability of the Parent and its subsidiaries to access funding or convert assets to cash quickly and efficiently, or to roll over or issue new debt, especially during periods of market stress, at a reasonable cost, and in order to meet its short-term (up to one year) obligations. Funding liquidity risk is the risk that BNY cannot meet its cash and collateral obligations at a reasonable cost for both expected and unexpected cash flow and collateral needs without adversely affecting daily operations or our financial condition. Funding liquidity risk can arise from funding mismatches, market constraints from the inability to convert assets into cash, the inability to hold or raise cash, low overnight deposits, deposit run-off or contingent liquidity events.

Changes in economic conditions or exposure to credit, market, operational, legal and reputational risks also can affect BNY’s liquidity risk profile and are considered in our liquidity risk framework. For additional information, see “Risk Management – Liquidity Risk” in our 2024 Annual Report.

The Parent’s policy is to have access to sufficient unencumbered cash and cash equivalents at each quarter-end to cover maturities and other forecasted debt redemptions, net interest payments and net tax payments for the following 18-month period, and to provide sufficient collateral to satisfy transactions subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act.

We monitor and control liquidity exposures and funding needs within and across significant legal entities, branches, currencies and business lines, taking into account, among other factors, any applicable restrictions on the transfer of liquidity among entities.

BNY also manages potential intraday liquidity risks. We monitor and manage intraday liquidity against existing and expected intraday liquid resources (such as cash balances, remaining intraday credit capacity, intraday contingency funding and available collateral) to enable BNY to meet its intraday obligations under normal and reasonably severe stressed conditions.

We define available funds for internal liquidity management purposes as cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements.

BNY 31

The following table presents our total available funds at period end and on an average basis.


Available funds	June 30, 2025			Dec. 31, 2024			Average
(dollars in millions)							2Q25			1Q25			2Q24			YTD25			YTD24
Cash and due from banks	$	5,699		$	4,178		$	5,042		$	4,722		$	5,556		$	4,883		$	5,518
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks	135,602			89,546			99,426			86,038			102,257			92,769			102,526
Interest-bearing deposits with banks	12,069			9,612			11,199			10,083			11,210			10,644			11,467
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements	45,547			41,146			39,522			41,166			29,013			40,340			28,016
Total available funds	$	198,917		$	144,482		$	155,189		$	142,009		$	148,036		$	148,636		$	147,527
Total available funds as a percentage of total assets	41		%	35		%	35		%	34		%	36		%	35		%	36		%

Total available funds were $198.9 billion at June 30, 2025, compared with $144.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to higher interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks.

Average non-core sources of funds, such as federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements, trading liabilities, commercial paper and other borrowed funds, were $22.2 billion for the first six months of 2025, compared with $19.5 billion for the first six months of 2024. The increase primarily reflects higher commercial paper and trading liabilities.

Average interest-bearing domestic deposits were $145.3 billion for the first six months of 2025, compared with $140.6 billion for the first six months of 2024. Average interest-bearing foreign deposits, primarily from our European-based businesses included in the Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services segments, were $97.3 billion for the first six months of 2025, compared with $91.8 billion for the first six months of 2024. The changes primarily reflect client activity.

Average payables to customers and broker-dealers were $15.3 billion for the first six months of 2025 and $12.2 billion for the first six months of 2024.

Payables to customers and broker-dealers are driven by customer trading activity and market volatility.

Average long-term debt was $31.5 billion for the first six months of 2025 and $31.3 billion for the first six months of 2024.

Average noninterest-bearing deposits decreased to $48.9 billion for the first six months of 2025 from $49.5 billion for the first six months of 2024, primarily reflecting client activity.

A significant reduction of client activity in our Securities Services and Market and Wealth Services business segments would reduce our access to deposits. See “Asset/liability management” for additional factors that could impact our deposit balances.

Sources of liquidity

The Parent’s major sources of liquidity are access to the debt and equity markets, dividends from its subsidiaries, and cash on hand and cash otherwise made available in business-as-usual circumstances to the Parent through a committed credit facility with our intermediate holding company (“IHC”).

32 BNY

Our ability to access the capital markets on favorable terms, or at all, is partially dependent on our credit ratings, which are as follows:


Credit ratings at June 30, 2025
	Moody’s		S&P	Fitch		DBRS
Parent:
Long-term senior debt	Aa3		A	AA-		AA
Subordinated debt	A2		A-	A		AA (low)
Preferred stock	Baa1		BBB	BBB+		A
Outlook – Parent	Stable		Stable	Stable		Stable

The Bank of New York Mellon:
Long-term senior debt	Aa2		AA-	AA		AA (high)
Subordinated debt	NR		A	NR		NR
Long-term deposits	Aa1		AA-	AA+		AA (high)
Short-term deposits	P-1		A-1+	F1+		R-1 (high)
Commercial paper	P-1		A-1+	F1+		R-1 (high)

BNY Mellon, N.A.:
Long-term senior debt	Aa2	(a)	AA-	AA	(a)	AA (high)
Long-term deposits	Aa1		AA-	AA+		AA (high)
Short-term deposits	P-1		A-1+	F1+		R-1 (high)

Outlook – Banks	Stable		Stable	Stable		Stable

(a) Represents senior debt issuer default rating.

NR – Not rated.

In May 2025, Moody’s Ratings (“Moody’s”) announced that it had downgraded the U.S. government’s long-term issuer rating to Aa1 from Aaa and changed the outlook to stable from negative. This ratings action triggered downgrades to certain ratings and assessments for several issuers that had previously incorporated U.S. government support uplift in the ratings and assessments. As a result, the long-term senior unsecured debt ratings and issuer ratings for certain BNY rated bank subsidiaries were downgraded to Aa2 with an outlook of stable from Aa1 with an outlook of negative.

Long-term debt totaled $33.4 billion at June 30, 2025 and $30.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. Issuances totaling $5.8 billion and an increase in the fair value of hedged long-term debt were partially offset by maturities and redemptions of $3.9 billion. Long-term debt of $400 million will mature in the remainder of 2025.

The Bank of New York Mellon may issue notes and certificates of deposit (“CDs”). At June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, $2.5 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively, of notes were outstanding. At June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, $6.3 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively, of CDs were outstanding.

The Bank of New York Mellon also issues commercial paper that matures within 397 days from the date of issue and is not redeemable prior to maturity or subject to voluntary prepayment. There was $2.4 billion and $301 million of commercial paper outstanding at June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, respectively. The average commercial paper outstanding was $1.9 billion for the first six months of 2025 and $481 million for the first six months of 2024.

Subsequent to June 30, 2025, our U.S. bank subsidiaries could declare dividends to the Parent of approximately $1.3 billion, without the need for a regulatory waiver. In addition, at June 30, 2025, non-bank subsidiaries of the Parent had liquid assets of approximately $2.5 billion. Restrictions on our ability to obtain funds from our subsidiaries are discussed in more detail in “Supervision and Regulation – Capital Planning and Stress Testing – Payment of Dividends, Stock Repurchases and Other Capital Distributions” and in Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, both in our 2024 Annual Report.

Pershing LLC has one uncommitted line of credit in place for funding purposes that is guaranteed by the Parent for $300 million. There were no borrowings under this line in the second quarter of 2025.

BNY 33

Pershing Limited, an indirect UK-based subsidiary of BNY, has one line of credit amounting to $150 million and Pershing Securities Limited, whose parent is Pershing Limited, has one line of credit amounting to $118 million. Both of these lines are guaranteed by the Parent. Average borrowings across these lines were less than $1 million in the second quarter of 2025.

The double leverage ratio is the ratio of our equity investment in subsidiaries divided by our consolidated Parent company equity, which includes our noncumulative perpetual preferred stock. In short, the double leverage ratio measures the extent to which equity in subsidiaries is financed by Parent company debt. As the double leverage ratio increases, this can reflect greater demands on a company’s cash flows in order to service interest payments and debt maturities. BNY’s double leverage ratio is managed in a range considering the high level of unencumbered available liquid assets held in its principal subsidiaries (such as central bank deposit placements and government securities), the Company’s cash generating fee-based business model, with fee revenue representing 72% of total revenue in the second quarter of 2025, and the dividend capacity of our banking subsidiaries. Our double leverage ratio was 121.5% at June 30, 2025 and 119.7% at Dec. 31, 2024, and within the range targeted by management.

Uses of funds

The Parent’s major uses of funds are repurchases of common stock, payment of dividends, principal and interest payments on its borrowings, acquisitions and additional investments in its subsidiaries.

In May 2025, a quarterly dividend of $0.47 per common share was paid to common shareholders. Our common stock dividend payout ratio was 25% for the second quarter of 2025.

In the second quarter of 2025, we repurchased 10.4 million common shares at an average price of $86.21 per common share, for a total cost of $895 million.

Liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”)

U.S. regulators have established an LCR that requires certain banking organizations, including BNY, to maintain a minimum amount of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets (“HQLA”) sufficient to withstand the net cash outflow under a hypothetical standardized acute liquidity stress scenario for a 30-day time horizon.

The following table presents BNY’s consolidated HQLA, and the average HQLA and average LCR.


Consolidated HQLA and LCR	June 30, 2025			March 31, 2025
(dollars in billions)
Cash (a)	$	136		$	102
Securities (b)	103			100
Total consolidated HQLA (c)	$	239		$	202

Total consolidated HQLA – average (c)	$	199		$	179
Average consolidated LCR	112		%	116		%

(a) Primarily includes cash on deposit with central banks.

(b) Primarily includes securities of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, the U.S. Treasury, sovereigns and U.S. agencies.

(c) Consolidated HQLA presented before adjustments. After haircuts and the impact of trapped liquidity, consolidated HQLA totaled $170 billion at June 30, 2025 and $141 billion at March 31, 2025, and averaged $135 billion for the second quarter of 2025 and $123 billion for the first quarter of 2025.

BNY and each of our affected domestic bank subsidiaries were compliant with the U.S. LCR requirements of at least 100% throughout the second quarter of 2025.

Net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”)

The NSFR is a liquidity requirement applicable to large U.S. banking organizations, including BNY. The NSFR is expressed as a ratio of the available stable funding to the required stable funding amount over a one-year horizon. Our average consolidated NSFR was 131% for the second quarter of 2025 and 132% for the first quarter of 2025.

BNY and each of our affected domestic bank subsidiaries were compliant with the NSFR requirement of at least 100% throughout the second quarter of 2025.

34 BNY

Statement of cash flows

The following summarizes the activity reflected on the consolidated statement of cash flows. While this information may be helpful to highlight certain macro trends and business strategies, the cash flow analysis may not be as relevant when analyzing changes in our net earnings and net assets. We believe that in addition to the traditional cash flow analysis, the discussion related to liquidity and dividends and asset/liability management herein may provide more useful context in evaluating our liquidity position and related activity.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $2.6 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with net cash used for operating activities of $551 million in the six months ended June 30, 2024. In the six months ended June 30, 2025, cash flows provided by operating activities primarily resulted from earnings and changes in trading assets and liabilities, partially offset by changes in accruals and other, net. In the six months ended June 30, 2024, cash flows used for operating activities

primarily resulted from changes in trading assets and liabilities and changes in accruals and other, net, partially offset by earnings.

Net cash used for investing activities was $54.6 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with $21.3 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2024. In the six months ended June 30, 2025, net cash used for investing activities primarily resulted from changes in interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, securities and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. In the six months ended June 30, 2024, net cash used for investing activities primarily resulted from changes in securities, interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks and loans.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $54.4 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2025, compared with $21.0 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2024 and primarily resulted from changes in deposits.

Capital


Capital data	June 30, 2025			March 31, 2025			Dec. 31, 2024
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts; common shares in thousands)



BNY shareholders’ equity to total assets ratio	9.0		%	9.8		%	9.9		%
BNY common shareholders’ equity to total assets ratio	7.9		%	8.6		%	8.9		%
Total BNY shareholders’ equity	$	43,950		$	43,119		$	41,318
Total BNY common shareholders’ equity	$	38,619		$	37,788		$	36,975
BNY tangible common shareholders’ equity – Non-GAAP (a)	$	20,851		$	20,173		$	19,412
Book value per common share	$	54.76		$	52.82		$	51.52
Tangible book value per common share – Non-GAAP (a)	$	29.57		$	28.20		$	27.05
Closing stock price per common share	$	91.11		$	83.87		$	76.83
Market capitalization	$	64,254		$	60,003		$	55,139
Common shares outstanding	705,241			715,434			717,680

Quarterly:

Cash dividends per common share	$	0.47		$	0.47		$	0.47
Common dividend payout ratio	25		%	30		%	31		%
Common dividend yield (annualized)	2.1		%	2.3		%	2.4		%

(a) See “Supplemental information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures” beginning on page 44 for a reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP measures.

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation total shareholders’ equity was $44.0 billion at June 30, 2025 and $41.3 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase primarily reflects capital generated through earnings, the issuance of preferred stock and improvements in accumulated other comprehensive income, partially offset by capital returned through common stock repurchases and dividends.

BNY 35

depositary shares, each representing a 1/4,000th interest in a share of the Parent’s Series K Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock. Holders of the Series K preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends, if declared by the Parent’s Board of Directors, on March 20, June 20, September 20 and December 20 of each year, commencing June 20, 2025. See Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the Parent’s preferred stock.

In April 2024, we announced a share repurchase authorization providing for the repurchase of $6.0 billion of common shares. In the first six months of 2025, we repurchased 19.1 million common shares at an average price of $86.17 per common share for a total cost of $1.6 billion.

Capital adequacy

Regulators establish certain levels of capital for bank holding companies (“BHCs”) and banks, including BNY and our bank subsidiaries, in accordance with established quantitative measurements. For the Parent to maintain its status as a financial holding company, our U.S. bank subsidiaries and BNY must, among other things, qualify as “well capitalized.” As of June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, BNY and our U.S. bank subsidiaries were “well capitalized.”

Failure to satisfy regulatory standards, including “well capitalized” status or capital adequacy rules more generally, could result in limitations on our activities and adversely affect our financial condition. See the discussion of these matters in “Supervision and Regulation – Regulated Entities of BNY and Ancillary Regulatory Requirements” and “Risk Factors – Capital and Liquidity Risk – Failure to satisfy regulatory standards, including “well capitalized” and “well managed” status or capital adequacy and liquidity rules more generally, could result in limitations on our activities and adversely affect our business and financial condition,” both of which are in our 2024 Annual Report.

The U.S. banking agencies’ capital rules are based on the framework adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, as amended from time to time. For additional information on these capital requirements, see “Supervision and Regulation” in our 2024 Annual Report.

36 BNY

The table below presents our consolidated and largest bank subsidiary regulatory capital ratios.


Consolidated and largest bank subsidiary regulatory capital ratios	June 30, 2025								March 31, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024
	Well capitalized			Minimum required			Capital ratios		Capital ratios		Capital ratios
						(a)
Consolidated regulatory capital ratios: (b)
Advanced Approaches:
CET1 ratio	N/A		(c)	8.5	%		11.9	%	12.0	%	11.7	%
Tier 1 capital ratio	6	%		10			15.1		15.3		14.4
Total capital ratio	10			12			15.9		16.2		15.3
Standardized Approach:
CET1 ratio	N/A		(c)	8.5	%		11.5	%	11.5	%	11.2	%
Tier 1 capital ratio	6	%		10			14.5		14.6		13.7
Total capital ratio	10			12			15.5		15.7		14.8
Tier 1 leverage ratio	N/A		(c)	4			6.1		6.2		5.7
SLR (d)	N/A		(c)	5			6.9		6.9		6.5

The Bank of New York Mellon regulatory capital ratios: (b)

CET1 ratio	6.5	%		7	%		17.6	%	17.3	%	16.1	%
Tier 1 capital ratio	8			8.5			17.6		17.3		16.1
Total capital ratio	10			10.5			17.6		17.4		16.3
Tier 1 leverage ratio	5			4			6.9		7.0		6.3
SLR (d)	6			3			8.2		8.1		7.6

(a) Minimum requirements for June 30, 2025 include minimum thresholds plus currently applicable buffers. The U.S. global systemically important banks (“G-SIB”) surcharge of 1.5% is subject to change. The countercyclical capital buffer is currently set to 0%. The stress capital buffer (“SCB”) requirement is 2.5%, equal to the regulatory minimum for Standardized Approach capital ratios.

(b) For our CET1, Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios, our effective capital ratios under U.S. capital rules are the lower of the ratios as calculated under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches. The Tier 1 leverage ratio is based on Tier 1 capital and quarterly average total assets.

(d) The SLR is based on Tier 1 capital and total leverage exposure, which includes certain off-balance sheet exposures.

N/A – Not applicable.

Our CET1 ratio under the Standardized Approach was 11.5% at June 30, 2025 and 11.2% at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase primarily reflects capital generated through earnings and a net increase in accumulated other comprehensive income, partially offset by capital returned through common stock repurchases and dividends and higher RWAs.

The Tier 1 leverage ratio was 6.1% at June 30, 2025 and 5.7% at Dec. 31, 2024. The increase primarily reflects the increase in capital, partially offset by higher average assets.

Risk-based capital ratios vary depending on the size of the balance sheet at period end and the levels and types of investments in assets, and leverage ratios vary based on the average size of the balance sheet over the quarter. The balance sheet size fluctuates from period to period based on levels of customer and market activity. In general, when servicing clients are more actively trading securities, deposit balances and the balance sheet as a whole are higher. In addition, when markets experience significant

volatility or stress, our balance sheet size may increase considerably as client deposit levels increase.

Our capital ratios are necessarily subject to, among other things, anticipated compliance with all necessary enhancements to model calibration, approval by regulators of certain models used as part of RWA calculations, other refinements, further implementation guidance from regulators, market practices and standards and any changes BNY may make to its businesses. As a consequence of these factors, our capital ratios may materially change and may be volatile over time and from period to period.

Under the Advanced Approaches, our operational loss risk model is informed by external losses, including fines and penalties levied against institutions in the financial services industry, particularly those that relate to businesses in which we operate, and as a result, external losses have impacted and could in the future impact the amount of capital that we are required to hold.

BNY 37

The following table presents our capital components and RWAs, the average assets used for leverage capital purposes and leverage exposure used for SLR purposes.


Capital components and risk-weighted assets
	June 30, 2025		March 31, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024
(in millions)
CET1:
Common shareholders’ equity	$	38,619	$	37,788	$	36,975
Adjustments for:
Goodwill and intangible assets (a)	(17,768)		(17,615)		(17,563)
Net pension fund assets	(375)		(351)		(333)
Embedded goodwill	(262)		(254)		(254)
Deferred tax assets	(64)		(58)		(62)
Other	(1)		(5)		(4)
Total CET1	20,149		19,505		18,759
Other Tier 1 capital:
Preferred stock	5,331		5,331		4,343
Other	(8)		(53)		(63)
Total Tier 1 capital	$	25,472	$	24,783	$	23,039
Tier 2 capital:
Subordinated debt	$	1,398	$	1,398	$	1,398
Allowance for credit losses	379		401		392
Other	(6)		(1)		(11)
Total Tier 2 capital – Standardized Approach	1,771		1,798		1,779
Excess of expected credit losses	33		66		109
Less: Allowance for credit losses	379		401		392
Total Tier 2 capital – Advanced Approaches	$	1,425	$	1,463	$	1,496
Total capital:
Standardized Approach	$	27,243	$	26,581	$	24,818
Advanced Approaches	$	26,897	$	26,246	$	24,535

Risk-weighted assets:
Standardized Approach	$	175,668	$	169,262	$	167,786
Advanced Approaches:
Credit Risk	$	97,342	$	92,972	$	90,076
Market Risk	4,343		3,874		4,808
Operational Risk	67,063		65,388		65,588
Total Advanced Approaches	$	168,748	$	162,234	$	160,472

Average assets for Tier 1 leverage ratio	$	420,131	$	397,513	$	402,069
Total leverage exposure for SLR	$	369,838	$	359,666	$	353,523

(a) Reduced by deferred tax liabilities associated with intangible assets and tax-deductible goodwill.

The table below presents the factors that impacted CET1 capital.


CET1 generation	2Q25
(in millions)
CET1 – Beginning of period	$	19,505
Net income applicable to common shareholders of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation	1,391
Goodwill and intangible assets, net of related deferred tax liabilities	(153)
Gross CET1 generated	1,238
Capital returned:
Common stock repurchases	(895)
Common stock dividends (a)	(346)
Total capital returned	(1,241)
Other comprehensive gain (loss):
Unrealized gain on assets available-for-sale	139
Foreign currency translation	425
Unrealized (loss) on cash flow hedges	(4)
Defined benefit plans	6

Total other comprehensive gain	566
Additional paid-in capital (b)	124
Other additions (deductions):
Net pension fund assets	(24)
Embedded goodwill	(8)
Deferred tax assets	(6)
Other	(5)
Total other (deductions)	(43)
Net CET1 generated	644
CET1 – End of period	$	20,149

(a) Includes dividend equivalents on share-based awards.

(b) Primarily related to stock awards and stock issued for employee benefit plans.

The following table shows the impact on the consolidated capital ratios at June 30, 2025 of a $100 million increase or decrease in common equity, or a $1 billion increase or decrease in RWAs, quarterly average assets or total leverage exposure.


Sensitivity of consolidated capital ratios at June 30, 2025
	Increase or decrease of
(in basis points)	$100 million in common equity		$1 billion in RWA, quarterly average assets or total leverage exposure
CET1:
Standardized Approach	6	bps	7	bps
Advanced Approaches	6		7

Tier 1 capital:
Standardized Approach	6		8
Advanced Approaches	6		9

Total capital:
Standardized Approach	6		9
Advanced Approaches	6		10

Tier 1 leverage	2		1

SLR	3		2

38 BNY

Stress capital buffer

In August 2024, the Federal Reserve announced that BNY’s SCB requirement would remain at 2.5%, equal to the regulatory floor, for the period from Oct. 1, 2024 through Sept. 30, 2025. The SCB replaced the static 2.5% capital conservation buffer for Standardized Approach capital ratios for CCAR BHCs. The SCB does not apply to bank subsidiaries, which remain subject to the static 2.5% capital conservation buffer. In June 2025, the Federal Reserve notified BNY that its preliminary SCB requirement would remain at 2.5%, equal to the regulatory floor, for the period from Oct. 1, 2025 through Sept. 30, 2026 under the current capital plan rule. See “Supervision and Regulation” in our 2024 Annual Report and “Recent regulatory and other developments” beginning on page 48 for additional information.

The SCB final rule generally eliminates the requirement for prior approval of common stock repurchases in excess of the distributions in a firm’s capital plan, provided that such distributions are consistent with applicable capital requirements and buffers, including the SCB.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity (“TLAC”)

The following summarizes the minimum requirements for BNY’s external TLAC and external long-term debt (“LTD”) ratios, plus currently applicable buffers.


	As a % of RWAs (a)	As a % of total leverage exposure
Eligible external TLAC ratios	Regulatory minimum of 18% plus a buffer (b) equal to the sum of 2.5%, the method 1 G-SIB surcharge (currently 1%), and the countercyclical capital buffer, if any	Regulatory minimum of 7.5% plus a buffer (c) equal to 2%
Eligible external LTD ratios	Regulatory minimum of 6% plus the greater of the method 1 or method 2 G-SIB surcharge (currently 1.5%)	4.5%

(a) RWA is the greater of Standardized Approach and Advanced Approaches.

(b) Buffer to be met using only CET1.

External TLAC consists of the Parent’s Tier 1 capital and eligible unsecured LTD issued by it that has a

remaining term to maturity of at least one year and satisfies certain other conditions. Eligible LTD consists of the unpaid principal balance of eligible unsecured debt securities, subject to haircuts for amounts due to be paid within two years, that satisfy certain other conditions. Debt issued prior to Dec. 31, 2016 has been permanently grandfathered to the extent these instruments otherwise would be ineligible only due to containing impermissible acceleration rights or being governed by foreign law.

The following table presents our external TLAC and external LTD ratios.


TLAC and LTD ratios	June 30, 2025
	Minimum required		Minimum ratios with buffers
					Ratios
Eligible external TLAC:
As a percentage of RWA	18.0	%	21.5	%	31.2	%
As a percentage of total leverage exposure	7.5	%	9.5	%	14.8	%

Eligible external LTD:
As a percentage of RWA	7.5	%	N/A		15.1	%
As a percentage of total leverage exposure	4.5	%	N/A		7.2	%

N/A – Not applicable.

If BNY maintains risk-based ratio or leverage TLAC measures above the minimum required level, but with a risk-based ratio or leverage below the minimum level with buffers, we will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and discretionary executive compensation based on the amount of the shortfall and eligible retained income.

Trading activities and risk management

Our trading activities are focused on acting as a market-maker for our customers, facilitating customer trades and risk-mitigating hedging in compliance with the Volcker Rule. The risk from market-making activities for customers is managed by our traders and limited in total exposure through a system of position limits, value-at-risk (“VaR”) methodology and other market sensitivity measures. VaR is the potential loss in value due to adverse market movements over a defined time horizon with a specified confidence level. The calculation of our VaR used by management and presented below assumes a one-day holding period, utilizes a 99% confidence level and incorporates non-linear product characteristics. VaR facilitates comparisons across portfolios of different

BNY 39

risk characteristics. VaR also captures the diversification of aggregated risk at the firm-wide level.

VaR represents a key risk management measure, and it is important to note the inherent limitations to VaR, which include:

•VaR does not estimate potential losses over longer time horizons where moves may be extreme;

•VaR does not take into account the potential variability of market liquidity; and

•Previous moves in market risk factors may not produce accurate predictions of all future market moves.

See Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the VaR methodology.

The following tables indicate the calculated VaR amounts for the trading portfolio for the designated periods using the historical simulation VaR model.


VaR (a)	2Q25						June 30, 2025
(in millions)	Average		Minimum		Maximum
Interest rate	$	3.4	$	2.6	$	4.3	$	3.0
Foreign exchange	3.7		2.4		5.2		2.7
Equity	0.2		0.1		1.6		0.1
Credit	1.4		0.9		2.4		1.5
Diversification	(6.1)		N/M		N/M		(5.0)
Overall portfolio	2.6		1.7		4.5		2.3


VaR (a)	1Q25						March 31, 2025
(in millions)	Average		Minimum		Maximum
Interest rate	$	2.6	$	2.1	$	3.3	$	2.6
Foreign exchange	2.5		1.7		3.3		2.9
Equity	0.2		—		0.5		0.3
Credit	1.4		1.0		1.8		1.3
Diversification	(5.0)		N/M		N/M		(4.8)
Overall portfolio	1.7		1.3		2.4		2.3


VaR (a)	2Q24						June 30, 2024
(in millions)	Average		Minimum		Maximum
Interest rate	$	2.5	$	2.0	$	3.8	$	2.1
Foreign exchange	2.2		1.6		2.9		1.9
Equity	0.1		—		0.2		0.1
Credit	1.4		0.9		1.8		1.1
Diversification	(4.2)		N/M		N/M		(3.6)
Overall portfolio	2.0		1.5		2.9		1.6


VaR (a)	YTD25
(in millions)	Average		Minimum		Maximum
Interest rate	$	3.0	$	2.1	$	4.3
Foreign exchange	3.1		1.7		5.2
Equity	0.2		—		1.6
Credit	1.4		0.9		2.4
Diversification	(5.6)		N/M		N/M
Overall portfolio	2.1		1.3		4.5


VaR (a)	YTD24
(in millions)	Average		Minimum		Maximum
Interest rate	$	2.5	$	1.9	$	3.8
Foreign exchange	2.2		1.6		3.0
Equity	0.1		—		0.2
Credit	1.3		0.9		1.9
Diversification	(4.2)		N/M		N/M
Overall portfolio	1.9		1.4		2.9

(a) VaR exposure does not include the impact of the Company’s consolidated investment management funds and seed capital investments.

N/M – Because the minimum and maximum may occur on different days for different risk components, it is not meaningful to compute a minimum and maximum portfolio diversification effect.

The interest rate component of VaR represents instruments whose values are predominantly driven by interest rate levels. These instruments include, but are not limited to, U.S. Treasury securities, swaps, swaptions, forward rate agreements, exchange-traded futures and options, and other interest rate derivative products.

The foreign exchange component of VaR represents instruments whose values predominantly vary with the level or volatility of currency exchange rates or interest rates. These instruments include, but are not limited to, currency balances, spot and forward transactions, currency options and other currency derivative products.

The equity component of VaR consists of instruments that represent an ownership interest in the form of domestic and foreign common stock or other equity-linked instruments. These instruments include, but are not limited to, common stock, exchange-traded funds, preferred stock, listed equity options (puts and calls), OTC equity options, equity total return swaps, equity index futures and other equity derivative products.

The credit component of VaR represents instruments whose values are predominantly driven by credit spread levels, i.e., idiosyncratic default risk. These instruments include, but are not limited to, single

40 BNY

issuer credit default swaps, and securities with exposures from corporate and municipal credit spreads.

The diversification component of VaR is the risk reduction benefit that occurs when combining portfolios and offsetting positions, and from the correlated behavior of risk factor movements.

During the second quarter of 2025, interest rate risk generated 39% of average gross VaR, foreign exchange risk generated 43% of average gross VaR, credit risk generated 16% of average gross VaR and equity risk generated 2% of average gross VaR. During the second quarter of 2025, our daily trading loss exceeded our calculated VaR amount of the overall portfolio on one occasion.

The following table of total daily trading revenue or loss illustrates the number of trading days in which our trading revenue or loss fell within particular ranges during the past five quarters. Compared with the quarter ended March 31, 2025, the number of trading days when trading revenue ranged between $2.5 million and $5.0 million increased while the number of trading days when trading revenue ranged between $0 and $2.5 million decreased, primarily due to higher foreign exchange volatility and increased client activity.


Distribution of trading revenue (loss) (a)
	Quarter ended
(dollars in millions)	June 30, 2025	March 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Sept. 30, 2024	June 30, 2024

Revenue range:	Number of days
Less than $(2.5)	1	1	—	—	—
$(2.5) – $0	2	4	2	2	2
$0 – $2.5	10	16	12	18	8
$2.5 – $5.0	28	17	26	27	34
More than $5.0	22	23	24	17	19

(a) Trading revenue (loss) includes realized and unrealized gains and losses primarily related to spot and forward foreign exchange transactions, derivatives and securities trades for our customers and excludes any associated commissions, underwriting fees and net interest income.

Trading assets include debt and equity instruments and derivative assets, primarily foreign exchange and interest rate contracts, not designated as hedging instruments. Trading assets were $12.6 billion at June 30, 2025 and $14.0 billion at Dec. 31, 2024.

Trading liabilities include debt and equity instruments and derivative liabilities, primarily foreign exchange and interest rate contracts, not designated as hedging

instruments. Trading liabilities were $6.1 billion at June 30, 2025 and $4.9 billion at Dec. 31, 2024.

Under our fair value methodology for derivative contracts, an initial “risk-neutral” valuation is performed on each position assuming time discounting based on a AA credit curve. In addition, we consider credit risk in arriving at the fair value of our derivatives.

We reflect external credit ratings as well as observable credit default swap spreads for both ourselves and our counterparties when measuring the fair value of our derivative positions. Accordingly, the valuation of our derivative positions is sensitive to the current changes in our own credit spreads, as well as those of our counterparties.

At June 30, 2025, our OTC derivative assets, including those in hedging relationships, of $2.4 billion included a credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”) deduction of $10 million. Our OTC derivative liabilities, including those in hedging relationships, of $3.7 billion included a debit valuation adjustment (“DVA”) of $6 million related to our own credit spread. Net of hedges, the CVA decreased by less than $1 million and the DVA increased by less than $1 million in the second quarter of 2025, which decreased investment and other revenue – other trading revenue by less than $1 million. The net impact of the CVA and DVA, net of hedges, decreased investment and other revenue – other trading revenue by $1 million in the first quarter of 2025 and less than $1 million in the second quarter of 2024.

The table below summarizes our exposure, net of collateral related to our derivative counterparties, as determined on an internal risk management basis. Significant changes in counterparty credit ratings could alter the level of credit risk faced by BNY.


Foreign exchange and other trading counterparty risk-rating profile

	June 30, 2025				Dec. 31, 2024
(dollars in millions)	Exposure, net of collateral		Percentage of exposure, net of collateral		Exposure, net of collateral		Percentage of exposure, net of collateral

Investment grade	$	2,043	95	%	$	3,201	98	%
Non-investment grade	109		5	%	76		2	%
Total	$	2,152	100	%	$	3,277	100	%

BNY 41

Asset/liability management

Our diversified business activities include processing securities, accepting deposits, investing in securities, lending, raising money as needed to fund assets and other transactions. The market risks from these activities include interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk. Our primary market risk is exposure to movements in U.S. dollar interest rates and certain foreign currency interest rates. We actively manage interest rate sensitivity and use earnings simulation and discounted cash flow models to identify interest rate exposures.

An earnings simulation model is the primary tool used to assess changes in pre-tax net interest income between a baseline scenario and hypothetical interest rate scenarios. Interest rate sensitivity is quantified by calculating the change in pre-tax net interest income between the scenarios over a 12-month measurement period.

The baseline scenario incorporates the market’s forward rate expectations and management’s assumptions regarding client deposit rates, credit spreads, changes in the prepayment behavior of loans and securities and the impact of derivative financial instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes as of each respective quarter-end. These assumptions have been developed through a combination of historical analysis and future expected pricing behavior and are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ materially from projected results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, and changes in market conditions and management’s strategies, among other factors. Client deposit levels and mix are key assumptions impacting net interest income in the baseline as well as the hypothetical interest rate scenarios. The earnings simulation model assumes static deposit levels and mix, and it also assumes that no management actions will be taken to mitigate the effects of interest rate changes. Typically, the baseline scenario uses the average deposit balances of the quarter.

In the table below, we use the earnings simulation model to assess the impact of various hypothetical interest rate scenarios compared to the baseline scenario. In each of the scenarios, all currencies’ interest rates are instantaneously shifted higher or lower at the start of the forecast. Long-term interest rates are defined as all tenors equal to or greater than three years and short-term interest rates are defined as

all tenors equal to or less than three months. Interim term points are interpolated where applicable. The impact of interest rate shifts may not be linear. The results of this earnings simulation should therefore not be extrapolated for more severe interest rate scenarios than those presented in the table below.

The following table shows net interest income sensitivity for BNY.


Estimated changes in net interest income (in millions)	June 30, 2025		March 31, 2025		June 30, 2024
Up 200 bps rate shock vs. baseline	$	106	$	26	$	190
Up 100 bps rate shock vs. baseline	94		58		162
Long-term up 100 bps, short-term unchanged	98		104		107
Short-term up 100 bps, long-term unchanged	(4)		(46)		55
Long-term down 100 bps, short-term unchanged	(103)		(113)		(109)
Short-term down 100 bps, long-term unchanged	(79)		(31)		(135)
Down 100 bps rate shock vs. baseline	(182)		(144)		(244)
Down 200 bps rate shock vs. baseline	(419)		(372)		(608)

At June 30, 2025, the changes in the impacts of a 100 and 200 basis points upward or downward shift in rates on net interest income compared with March 31, 2025 were primarily driven by a slightly larger balance sheet.

While the net interest income sensitivity scenario calculations assume static deposit balances to facilitate consistent period-over-period comparisons, net interest income is impacted by changes in deposit balances and interest rate trajectory. Noninterest-bearing deposits are particularly sensitive to changes in short-term rates.

To illustrate the net interest income sensitivity to noninterest-bearing deposits, we estimate that a $5 billion instantaneous reduction/increase in U.S. dollar-denominated noninterest-bearing deposits would reduce/increase the net interest income sensitivity results in the up 100 basis point rate shock scenario in the table above by approximately $240 million, and in the down 100 basis point rate shock scenario by approximately $140 million. The impact would be smaller if the reduction/increase was assumed to be a mixture of interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits.

42 BNY

Additionally, during periods of low short-term interest rates, money market mutual fund fees and other similar fees are typically waived to protect investors from negative returns.

For a discussion of factors impacting the growth or contraction of deposits, see “Risk Factors – Capital and Liquidity Risk – Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected if we do not effectively manage our liquidity” in our 2024 Annual Report.

BNY 43

Supplemental information – Explanation of GAAP and Non-GAAP financial measures

BNY has included in this Form 10-Q certain Non-GAAP financial measures on a tangible basis as a supplement to GAAP information, which exclude goodwill and intangible assets, net of deferred tax liabilities. We believe that the return on tangible common equity – Non-GAAP is additional useful information for investors because it presents a measure of those assets that can generate income, and the tangible book value per common share – Non-GAAP is additional useful information because it presents the level of tangible assets in relation to shares of common stock outstanding.

BNY has included revenue measures excluding notable items, including a disposal gain. Expense measures, excluding notable items, including severance expense, litigation reserves and the FDIC special assessment, are also presented. Litigation reserves represent accruals for loss contingencies that are both probable and reasonably estimable, but exclude standard business-related legal fees. Net income applicable to common shareholders of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, diluted earnings per share, return on common equity, return on tangible common equity and pre-tax operating margin, excluding the notable items mentioned

above, are also provided. These measures are provided to permit investors to view the financial measures on a basis consistent with how management views the businesses.

The presentation of the growth rates of investment management and performance fees on a constant currency basis permits investors to assess the significance of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Growth rates on a constant currency basis were determined by applying the current period foreign currency exchange rates to the prior period revenue. We believe that this presentation, as a supplement to GAAP information, gives investors a clearer picture of the related revenue results without the variability caused by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

BNY has also included the adjusted pre-tax operating margin – Non-GAAP, which is the pre-tax operating margin for the Investment and Wealth Management business segment, net of distribution and servicing expense that was passed to third parties who distribute or service our managed funds. We believe that this measure is useful when evaluating the performance of the Investment and Wealth Management business segment relative to industry competitors.

44 BNY


Reconciliation of Non-GAAP measures, excluding notable items															YTD25
							2Q25 vs.								vs.
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)	2Q25		1Q25		2Q24		1Q25		2Q24		YTD25		YTD24		YTD24




Total revenue – GAAP	$	5,028	$	4,792	$	4,597	5	%	9	%

Less: Disposal gain (a)	—		40		—

Adjusted total revenue – Non-GAAP	$	5,028	$	4,752	$	4,597	6	%	9	%

Noninterest expense – GAAP	$	3,206	$	3,252	$	3,070	(1)	%	4	%	$	6,458	$	6,246	3	%
Less: Severance expense (b)	34		32		29						66		65
Litigation reserves (b)	(16)		2		2						(14)		4
FDIC special assessment (b)	(6)		6		(38)						—		(38)

Adjusted noninterest expense – Non-GAAP	$	3,194	$	3,212	$	3,077	(1)	%	4	%	$	6,406	$	6,215	3	%






Net income applicable to common shareholders of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation – GAAP	$	1,391	$	1,149	$	1,143	21	%	22	%

Less: Disposal gain (a)	—		32		—

Severance expense (b)	(27)		(25)		(22)
Litigation reserves (b)	16		(1)		—
FDIC special assessment (b)	5		(5)		29

Adjusted net income applicable to common shareholders of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation – Non-GAAP	$	1,397	$	1,148	$	1,136	22	%	23	%

Diluted earnings per common share – GAAP	$	1.93	$	1.58	$	1.52	22	%	27	%

Less: Disposal gain (a)	—		0.04		—

Severance expense (b)	(0.04)		(0.03)		(0.03)
Litigation reserves (b)	0.02		—		—
FDIC special assessment (b)	0.01		(0.01)		0.04
Total diluted earnings per common share impact of notable items	(0.01)		—		0.01
Adjusted diluted earnings per common share – Non-GAAP	$	1.94	$	1.58	$	1.51	23	%	28	%

(a) Reflected in investment and other revenue.

(b) Severance expense is reflected in staff expense, litigation reserves in other expense, and FDIC special assessment in bank assessment charges, respectively.

The following table presents the reconciliation of the pre-tax operating margin.


Pre-tax operating margin reconciliation
(dollars in millions)	2Q25			1Q25			2Q24			YTD25			YTD24
Income before taxes – GAAP	$	1,839		$	1,522		$	1,527		$	3,361		$	2,851
Impact of notable items (a)	(12)			—			7			(12)			(31)
Adjusted income before taxes, excluding notable items – Non-GAAP	$	1,851		$	1,522		$	1,520		$	3,373		$	2,882

Total revenue – GAAP	$	5,028		$	4,792		$	4,597		$	9,820		$	9,124
Impact of notable items (a)	—			40			—			40			—
Adjusted total revenue, excluding notable items – Non-GAAP	$	5,028		$	4,752		$	4,597		$	9,780		$	9,124

Pre-tax operating margin – GAAP (b)	37		%	32		%	33		%	34		%	31		%
Adjusted pre-tax operating margin – Non-GAAP (b)	37		%	32		%	33		%	34		%	32		%

(a) In the first quarter of 2025, the impact of notable items affecting revenue was offset by the impact of notable items affecting noninterest expense. See above for details of notable items and line items impacted.

(b) Income before taxes divided by total revenue.

BNY 45

The following table presents the reconciliation of the return on common equity and tangible common equity.


Return on common equity and tangible common equity reconciliation	2Q25			1Q25			2Q24			YTD25			YTD24
(dollars in millions)
Net income applicable to common shareholders of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation – GAAP	$	1,391		$	1,149		$	1,143		$	2,540		$	2,096
Add: Amortization of intangible assets	11			11			13			22			25
Less: Tax impact of amortization of intangible assets	2			3			3			5			6
Adjusted net income applicable to common shareholders of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, excluding amortization of intangible assets – Non-GAAP	1,400			1,157			1,153			$	2,557		$	2,115
Impact of notable items (a)	(6)			1			7			(5)			(22)
Adjusted net income applicable to common shareholders of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, excluding amortization of intangible assets and notable items – Non-GAAP	$	1,406		$	1,156		$	1,146		$	2,562		$	2,137

Average common shareholders’ equity	$	37,892		$	36,980		$	36,044		$	37,438		$	35,975
Less: Average goodwill	16,748			16,615			16,229			16,682			16,234
Average intangible assets	2,850			2,849			2,834			2,849			2,841
Add: Deferred tax liability – tax deductible goodwill	1,236			1,226			1,213			1,236			1,213
Deferred tax liability – intangible assets	668			666			655			668			655
Average tangible common shareholders’ equity – Non-GAAP	$	20,198		$	19,408		$	18,849		$	19,811		$	18,768

Return on common equity – GAAP (b)	14.7		%	12.6		%	12.7		%	13.7		%	11.7		%
Adjusted return on common equity – Non-GAAP (b)	14.8		%	12.6		%	12.7		%	13.7		%	11.8		%
Return on tangible common equity – Non-GAAP (b)	27.8		%	24.2		%	24.6		%	26.0		%	22.7		%
Adjusted return on tangible common equity – Non-GAAP (b)	27.9		%	24.2		%	24.4		%	26.1		%	22.9		%

(a) See page 45 for details of notable items and line items impacted.

(b) Returns are annualized.

The following table presents the reconciliation of book value and tangible book value per common share.


Book value and tangible book value per common share reconciliation	June 30, 2025		March 31, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024		June 30, 2024
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts and unless otherwise noted)
The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation shareholders’ equity at period end – GAAP	$	43,950	$	43,119	$	41,318	$	40,843
Less: Preferred stock	5,331		5,331		4,343		4,343
The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation common shareholders’ equity at period end – GAAP	38,619		37,788		36,975		36,500
Less: Goodwill	16,823		16,661		16,598		16,217
Intangible assets	2,849		2,846		2,851		2,826
Add: Deferred tax liability – tax deductible goodwill	1,236		1,226		1,221		1,213
Deferred tax liability – intangible assets	668		666		665		655
The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation tangible common shareholders’ equity at period end – Non-GAAP	$	20,851	$	20,173	$	19,412	$	19,325

Period-end common shares outstanding (in thousands)	705,241		715,434		717,680		737,957

Book value per common share – GAAP	$	54.76	$	52.82	$	51.52	$	49.46
Tangible book value per common share – Non-GAAP	$	29.57	$	28.20	$	27.05	$	26.19

The following table presents the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on our consolidated investment management and performance fees.


Constant currency reconciliation – Consolidated					2Q25 vs.
(dollars in millions)	2Q25		2Q24		2Q24
Investment management and performance fees – GAAP	$	758	$	761	—	%
Impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates	—		11
Adjusted investment management and performance fees – Non-GAAP	$	758	$	772	(2)	%

46 BNY

The following table presents the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on investment management and performance fees reported in the Investment and Wealth Management business segment.


Constant currency reconciliation – Investment and Wealth Management business segment					2Q25 vs.
(dollars in millions)	2Q25		2Q24		2Q24
Investment management and performance fees – GAAP	$	758	$	762	(1)	%
Impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates	—		11
Adjusted investment management and performance fees – Non-GAAP	$	758	$	773	(2)	%

The following table presents the reconciliation of the pre-tax operating margin for the Investment and Wealth Management business segment.


Pre-tax operating margin reconciliation – Investment and Wealth Management business segment
(dollars in millions)	2Q25			1Q25			4Q24			3Q24			2Q24			YTD25			YTD24
Income before income taxes – GAAP	$	148		$	63		$	173		$	176		$	149		$	211		$	256

Total revenue – GAAP	$	801		$	779		$	873		$	849		$	821		$	1,580		$	1,667
Less: Distribution and servicing expense	64			65			88			91			88			129			184
Adjusted total revenue, net of distribution and servicing expense – Non-GAAP	$	737		$	714		$	785		$	758		$	733		$	1,451		$	1,483

Pre-tax operating margin – GAAP (a)	19		%	8		%	20		%	21		%	18		%	13		%	15		%
Adjusted pre-tax operating margin, net of distribution and servicing expense – Non-GAAP (a)	20		%	9		%	22		%	23		%	20		%	15		%	17		%

(a) Income before income taxes divided by total revenue.

BNY 47

Recent accounting and regulatory developments

Recent accounting developments

The following accounting guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) has not yet been adopted as of June 30, 2025.

ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which requires a company to disclose, on an annual basis, additional disaggregated information related to the existing disclosures for the effective income tax rate reconciliation and income taxes paid.

This ASU is effective on a prospective basis, with a retrospective option, for annual periods beginning after Dec. 15, 2024, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after Dec. 15, 2025. BNY is currently evaluating this guidance and the impact on the income tax disclosures.

Recent regulatory and other developments

For a summary of additional regulatory matters relevant to our operations, see “Supervision and Regulation” in our 2024 Annual Report. The following discussion summarizes certain regulatory, legislative and other developments that may affect BNY.

Federal Reserve Capital Rule

On April 17, 2025, the Federal Reserve proposed to revise its capital plan rule to (1) measure the SCB as the average of the CET1 capital ratio declines in the Supervisory Severely Adverse scenario, as calculated by the Federal Reserve, from the two most recent supervisory stress tests, plus four quarters of planned common stock dividends as a percentage of risk-weighted assets, subject to a 2.5% floor, and (2) extend the annual effective date of the SCB by one quarter, from October 1 to January 1, so that, following the supervisory stress test in a calendar year, new SCBs would generally be effective from January 1 through December 31 of the following calendar year. Although the proposal has not yet been finalized, the Company currently anticipates that the

proposal will not have an impact on the Company’s SCB requirement. The Company’s SCB requirement has remained at the 2.5% regulatory floor since the introduction of the SCB requirement in 2020. In June 2025, the Federal Reserve notified BNY that its preliminary SCB requirement would remain at 2.5%, equal to the regulatory floor, for the period from Oct. 1, 2025 through Sept. 30, 2026 under the current capital plan rule.

Enhanced Supplementary Leverage Ratio

On June 27, 2025, the Federal Reserve, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation jointly proposed changes to the Enhanced Supplementary Leverage Ratio (“eSLR”), LTD and TLAC requirements. The proposed rule would: (i) recalibrate the eSLR buffer over the SLR for G-SIBs from 2% to a buffer equal to 50% of a G-SIB’s method 1 surcharge calculated under the risk-based G-SIB surcharge framework; (ii) change the eSLR requirement over the SLR for G-SIB depository institution subsidiaries from the 6% “well capitalized” threshold under the prompt corrective action framework to a buffer equal to 50% of the G-SIB parent’s method 1 surcharge calculation; (iii) amend the minimum leverage-based LTD requirement for G-SIBs to the sum of the total leverage exposure multiplied by 2.5% and the recalibrated eSLR buffer standard; and (iv) replace the 2% TLAC leverage buffer with a TLAC leverage buffer equal to the recalibrated eSLR buffer standard. BNY is assessing the potential impact of the proposal.

EU Sustainability Directives

On April 16, 2025, Directive (EU) 2025/794 (“Amending Directive”) was published in the Official Journal of the EU, which (i) delays the application dates for certain sustainability reporting obligations under Directive (EU) 2022/2464 (“CSRD”) for “second wave” companies, including four of BNY’s in-scope EU subsidiaries, by two years to 2028, and (ii) postpones the commencement date for due diligence under Directive (EU) 2024/1760 (“CSDDD”) requirements from July 26, 2027 to July 26, 2028. CSRD requires in-scope companies to disclose information about impacts, risks, and opportunities related to sustainability matters. In its current form, CSDDD will require in-scope entities to comply with sustainability-related due diligence obligations related to their operations and for their upstream chains of activities, and to adopt a transition

48 BNY

plan for climate change mitigation. BNY continues to assess the impact of the timing changes set out in the Amending Directive, as well as the forthcoming simplification proposals related to CSRD and CSDDD, on its operations.

Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Withdrawal of Proposed Rules

On June 12, 2025, the SEC formally withdrew certain of its outstanding proposed rules which may have impacted BNY, including the Safeguarding Advisory Client Assets proposed amendments to the custody rules under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. Other proposed rules withdrawn include those regarding best execution oversight, cybersecurity risk management, diligence and monitoring of third-party outsourcing by investment advisors, retail order competition, conflicts of interest associated with use of predictive data analytics, and disclosures related to environmental, social and governance investment practices. The SEC noted that it has no current intent to issue final rules with respect to the withdrawn proposed rules and will issue a new proposed rule if it chooses to pursue future regulatory action in these areas. BNY will continue to monitor developments in these areas.

Website information

Our website is www.bny.com. We currently make available the following information under the Investor Relations portion of our website. With respect to filings with the SEC, we post such information as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such materials with, or furnish them to, the SEC.

•All of our SEC filings, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q,

current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to these reports, as well as proxy statements and SEC Forms 3, 4 and 5;

•Our earnings materials and selected management conference calls and presentations;

•Other regulatory disclosures, including: Pillar 3 Disclosures (and Market Risk Disclosure contained therein); Liquidity Coverage Ratio Disclosures; Net Stable Funding Ratio Disclosures; Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council – Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income for a Bank With Domestic and Foreign Offices; Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies; and the Dodd-Frank Act Stress Test Results for BNY and The Bank of New York Mellon; and

•Our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Amended and Restated By-Laws, Directors’ Code of Conduct and the Charters of the Audit, Finance, Corporate Governance, Nominating and Social Responsibility, Human Resources and Compensation, Risk and Technology Committees of our Board of Directors.

We may use our website, our LinkedIn accounts (e.g., www.linkedin.com/company/BNYglobal), our X accounts (e.g., @BNYglobal) and other social media channels as additional means of sharing information with the public. The information shared through those channels may be considered to be material, and we encourage investors, the media and others interested in BNY to review the business and financial information we post on our website and on our social media channels. The contents of our website, our social media channels and any other websites referenced herein are not part of or incorporated by reference into this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

BNY 49


Item 1. Financial Statements
The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (and its subsidiaries)

Consolidated Income Statement (unaudited)


	Quarter ended						Year-to-date
	June 30, 2025		March 31, 2025		June 30, 2024		June 30, 2025		June 30, 2024
(in millions, except per share amounts; common shares in thousands)
Fee and other revenue
Investment services fees	$	2,583	$	2,411	$	2,359	$	4,994	$	4,637
Investment management and performance fees	758		739		761		1,497		1,537
Foreign exchange revenue	213		156		184		369		336
Financing-related fees	51		60		53		111		110
Distribution and servicing fees	36		37		41		73		83
Total fee revenue	3,641		3,403		3,398		7,044		6,703
Investment and other revenue	184		230		169		414		351
Total fee and other revenue	3,825		3,633		3,567		7,458		7,054
Net interest income
Interest income	6,602		6,123		6,392		12,725		12,488
Interest expense	5,399		4,964		5,362		10,363		10,418
Net interest income	1,203		1,159		1,030		2,362		2,070
Total revenue	5,028		4,792		4,597		9,820		9,124
Provision for credit losses	(17)		18		—		1		27
Noninterest expense
Staff	1,768		1,834		1,720		3,602		3,577
Software and equipment	527		513		476		1,040		951
Professional, legal and other purchased services	388		366		374		754		723
Sub-custodian and clearing	150		131		134		281		253
Net occupancy	132		136		134		268		258
Distribution and servicing	63		65		88		128		184
Business development	53		48		50		101		86
Bank assessment charges	22		38		(7)		60		10

Amortization of intangible assets	11		11		13		22		25
Other	92		110		88		202		179
Total noninterest expense	3,206		3,252		3,070		6,458		6,246
Income
Income before income taxes	1,839		1,522		1,527		3,361		2,851
Provision for income taxes	404		300		357		704		654
Net income	1,435		1,222		1,170		2,657		2,197
Net (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests related to consolidated investment management funds	(12)		(2)		(2)		(14)		(4)
Net income applicable to shareholders of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation	1,423		1,220		1,168		2,643		2,193
Preferred stock dividends	(32)		(71)		(25)		(103)		(97)
Net income applicable to common shareholders of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation	$	1,391	$	1,149	$	1,143	$	2,540	$	2,096

Average common shares and equivalents outstanding:
Basic	714,799		720,951		746,904		718,039		751,961
Common stock equivalents	5,208		6,447		4,692		5,787		4,909
Diluted	720,007		727,398		751,596		723,826		756,870

Anti-dilutive securities (a)	745		662		578		747		1,266

Earnings per share applicable to common shareholders:
Basic	$	1.95	$	1.59	$	1.53	$	3.54	$	2.79
Diluted	$	1.93	$	1.58	$	1.52	$	3.51	$	2.77

(a) Represents restricted stock and restricted stock units outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted average common shares because their effect would be anti-dilutive.

See accompanying unaudited Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

50 BNY


The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (and its subsidiaries)

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statement (unaudited)


	Quarter ended						Year-to-date
	June 30, 2025		March 31, 2025		June 30, 2024		June 30, 2025		June 30, 2024
(in millions)
Net income	$	1,435	$	1,222	$	1,170	$	2,657	$	2,197
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	431		207		(30)		638		(121)
Unrealized gain (loss) on assets available-for-sale:
Unrealized gain (loss) arising during the period	114		333		(11)		447		92
Reclassification adjustment	25		—		13		25		14
Total unrealized gain on assets available-for-sale	139		333		2		472		106
Defined benefit plans:

Net (loss) arising during the period	—		(5)		—		(5)		—

Amortization of prior service credit, net loss and initial obligation included in net periodic benefit cost	6		6		3		12		6
Total defined benefit plans	6		1		3		7		6
Net unrealized (loss) gain on cash flow hedges	(4)		3		1		(1)		2
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (a)	572		544		(24)		1,116		(7)
Total comprehensive income	2,007		1,766		1,146		3,773		2,190
Net (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests	(12)		(2)		(2)		(14)		(4)
Other comprehensive (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests	(6)		(3)		—		(9)		—
Comprehensive income applicable to shareholders of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation	$	1,989	$	1,761	$	1,144	$	3,750	$	2,186

(a) Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation shareholders was $566 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, $541 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, $(24) million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, $1,107 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and $(7) million for the six months ended June 30, 2024.

See accompanying unaudited Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

BNY 51


The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (and its subsidiaries)

Consolidated Balance Sheet (unaudited)


	June 30, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
Assets
Cash and due from banks, net of allowance for credit losses of $28 and $23	$	5,699	$	4,178
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks	135,602		89,546
Interest-bearing deposits with banks, net of allowance for credit losses of $3 and $1 (includes restricted of $2,615 and $1,399)	12,069		9,612
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements	45,547		41,146
Securities:
Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses of less than $1 and less than $1 (fair value of $44,962 and $44,020)	48,397		48,596
Available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $99,652 and $89,627, net of allowance for credit losses of $— and $—)	98,671		88,031
Total securities	147,068		136,627
Trading assets	12,610		13,981
Loans	73,096		71,570
Allowance for credit losses	(275)		(294)
Net loans	72,821		71,276
Premises and equipment	3,289		3,266
Accrued interest receivable	1,348		1,293
Goodwill	16,823		16,598
Intangible assets	2,849		2,851
Other assets, net of allowance for credit losses on accounts receivable of $3 and $2 (includes $1,753 and $2,151, at fair value)	30,056		25,690
Total assets	$	485,781	$	416,064
Liabilities
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing deposits (principally U.S. offices)	$	67,724	$	58,267
Interest-bearing deposits in U.S. offices	173,384		139,109
Interest-bearing deposits in non-U.S. offices	105,285		92,148
Total deposits	346,393		289,524
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements	15,492		14,064
Trading liabilities	6,134		4,865
Payables to customers and broker-dealers	21,273		20,073
Commercial paper	2,361		301
Other borrowed funds	293		225
Accrued taxes and other expenses	4,634		5,270
Other liabilities (including allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments of $70 and $72, also includes $1,185 and $422, at fair value)	11,233		9,124
Long-term debt	33,429		30,854
Total liabilities	441,242		374,300
Temporary equity
Redeemable noncontrolling interests	111		87
Permanent equity
Preferred stock – par value $0.01 per share; authorized 100,000,000 shares; issued 53,826 and 43,826 shares	5,331		4,343
Common stock – par value $0.01 per share; authorized 3,500,000,000 shares; issued 1,416,245,627 and 1,409,633,842 shares	14		14
Additional paid-in capital	29,659		29,321
Retained earnings	44,388		42,537
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax	(3,549)		(4,656)
Less: Treasury stock of 711,004,811 and 691,953,574 common shares, at cost	(31,893)		(30,241)
Total The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation shareholders’ equity	43,950		41,318
Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests of consolidated investment management funds	478		359
Total permanent equity	44,428		41,677
Total liabilities, temporary equity and permanent equity	$	485,781	$	416,064

See accompanying unaudited Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

52 BNY


The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (and its subsidiaries)

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (unaudited)


	Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)	2025		2024
Operating activities
Net income	$	2,657	$	2,197
Net (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests	(14)		(4)
Net income applicable to shareholders of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation	2,643		2,193
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:
Provision for credit losses	1		27
Pension plan contributions	(1)		(3)
Depreciation and amortization	872		924

Deferred tax expense	203		(32)
Net securities losses	35		18
Change in trading assets and liabilities	2,633		(2,502)
Change in accruals and other, net	(3,777)		(1,176)
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities	2,609		(551)
Investing activities
Change in interest-bearing deposits with banks	(576)		(1,031)
Change in interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks	(42,122)		(6,180)
Purchases of securities held-to-maturity	(2,394)		(301)
Paydowns of securities held-to-maturity	2,344		2,040
Maturities of securities held-to-maturity	1,039		1,578
Purchases of securities available-for-sale	(18,730)		(26,130)
Sales of securities available-for-sale	5,119		2,558
Paydowns of securities available-for-sale	3,871		2,779
Maturities of securities available-for-sale	3,646		8,249
Net change in loans	(1,366)		(3,861)

Change in federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements	(4,377)		(835)

Purchases of premises and equipment/capitalized software	(679)		(681)



Other, net	(325)		501
Net cash (used for) investing activities	(54,550)		(21,314)
Financing activities
Change in deposits	49,282		22,943
Change in federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements	1,353		1,218
Change in payables to customers and broker-dealers	1,200		(826)
Change in other borrowed funds	45		(180)
Change in commercial paper	2,061		301
Net proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt	5,737		2,494
Repayments, redemptions and repurchases of long-term debt	(3,859)		(2,613)

Issuance of common stock	9		8
Issuance of preferred stock	988		—
Treasury stock acquired	(1,641)		(1,589)

Common cash dividends paid	(689)		(646)
Preferred cash dividends paid	(103)		(97)

Other, net	22		7
Net cash provided by financing activities	54,405		21,020
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	273		(160)
Change in cash and due from banks and restricted cash
Change in cash and due from banks and restricted cash	2,737		(1,005)
Cash and due from banks and restricted cash at beginning of period	5,577		8,342
Cash and due from banks and restricted cash at end of period	$	8,314	$	7,337
Cash and due from banks and restricted cash
Cash and due from banks at end of period (unrestricted cash)	$	5,699	$	5,311
Restricted cash at end of period	$	2,615	$	2,026
Cash and due from banks and restricted cash at end of period	$	8,314	$	7,337
Supplemental disclosures
Interest paid	$	10,275	$	10,376
Income taxes paid	702		640
Income taxes refunded	11		17

See accompanying unaudited Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

BNY 53


The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (and its subsidiaries)

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (unaudited)


	Quarter ended						Year-to-date
(in millions, except per share amount)	June 30, 2025		March 31, 2025		June 30, 2024		June 30, 2025		June 30, 2024
Preferred stock
Balance at beginning of period	$	5,331	$	4,343	$	4,343	$	4,343	$	4,343
Issuance	—		988		—		988		—


Balance at end of period	$	5,331	$	5,331	$	4,343	$	5,331	$	4,343
Common stock
Balance at beginning and end of period	$	14	$	14	$	14	$	14	$	14
Additional paid-in capital
Balance at beginning of period	$	29,535	$	29,321	$	29,055	$	29,321	$	28,908
Stock-based compensation	117		204		77		321		245
Common stock issued under employee benefit plans	6		7		5		13		12
Other net changes in noncontrolling interests	1		3		2		4		(3)
Other	—		—		—		—		(23)
Balance at end of period	$	29,659	$	29,535	$	29,139	$	29,659	$	29,139
Retained earnings
Balance at beginning of period	$	43,343	$	42,537	$	40,178	$	42,537	$	39,549
Net income	1,423		1,220		1,168		2,643		2,193
Common stock dividends ($0.47, $0.47, $0.42, $0.94 and $0.84 per share) (a)	(346)		(343)		(322)		(689)		(646)
Preferred stock dividends	(32)		(71)		(25)		(103)		(97)



Balance at end of period	$	44,388	$	43,343	$	40,999	$	44,388	$	40,999
BNY’s accumulated other comprehensive (loss), net of tax
Balance at beginning of period	$	(4,115)	$	(4,656)	$	(4,876)	$	(4,656)	$	(4,893)
BNY’s other comprehensive income (loss)	566		541		(24)		1,107		(7)
Balance at end of period	$	(3,549)	$	(4,115)	$	(4,900)	$	(3,549)	$	(4,900)
Treasury stock
Balance at beginning of period	$	(30,989)	$	(30,241)	$	(28,145)	$	(30,241)	$	(27,151)
Repurchase of common stock	(895)		(746)		(601)		(1,641)		(1,589)
Excise tax on share repurchases	(9)		(2)		(6)		(11)		(12)
Balance at end of period	$	(31,893)	$	(30,989)	$	(28,752)	$	(31,893)	$	(28,752)
Total The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation shareholders’ equity (b)	$	43,950	$	43,119	$	40,843	$	43,950	$	40,843
Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests of consolidated investment management funds
Balance at beginning of period	$	410	$	359	$	111	$	359	$	50
Other net changes in noncontrolling interests	56		49		73		105		132
Net income	12		2		2		14		4
Balance at end of period	$	478	$	410	$	186	$	478	$	186
Total permanent equity (b)	$	44,428	$	43,529	$	41,029	$	44,428	$	41,029
Redeemable noncontrolling interests/temporary equity
Balance at beginning of period	$	94	$	87	$	82	$	87	$	85
Other net changes in noncontrolling interests	11		4		10		15		7
Other comprehensive gain	6		3		—		9		—
Balance at end of period	$	111	$	94	$	92	$	111	$	92

(a) Includes dividend equivalents on share-based awards.

(b) Includes total The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation common shareholders’ equity of $38,619 million at June 30, 2025, $37,788 million at March 31, 2025 and $36,500 million at June 30, 2024.

See accompanying unaudited Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

54 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1–Basis of presentation

Basis of presentation

The accounting and financial reporting policies of BNY, a global financial services company, conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and prevailing industry practices. For information on our significant accounting and reporting policies, see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended Dec. 31, 2024 (the “2024 Annual Report”).

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are unaudited. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, for a fair presentation of financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented have been made. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements included in our 2024 Annual Report.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make

estimates based upon assumptions about future economic and market conditions which affect reported amounts and related disclosures in our financial statements. Although our current estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that actual conditions could be worse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Note 2–Acquisitions and dispositions

We sometimes structure our acquisitions and divestitures with both an initial payment or receipt and later contingent payments or receipts tied to post-closing revenue or income growth.

At June 30, 2025, contingent earnout payables were recorded at fair value of zero ($5 million reduction reflected in Other expense in the first six months of 2025) and contingent earnout receivables were recorded at fair value of approximately $2 million (including impact of receipts of $6 million and $5 million of net decreases reflected in Investment and other revenue in the first six months of 2025).

In March 2025, BNY completed the sale of BNY Trust Company of Canada, and recorded a $40 million pre-tax gain. Goodwill of $18 million was removed from the consolidated balance sheet as a result of this sale.

BNY 55


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Note 3–Securities

The following tables present the amortized cost, the gross unrealized gains and losses and the fair value of securities at June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024.


Securities at June 30, 2025			Gross unrealized				Fair value
	Amortized cost
(in millions)			Gains		Losses
Available-for-sale:
Non-U.S. government (a)	$	28,278	$	144	$	208	$	28,214
Agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”)	22,649		82		384		22,347
U.S. Treasury	21,195		47		123		21,119
Foreign covered bonds	7,724		50		71		7,703
Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”)	7,167		9		182		6,994
Collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”)	6,166		5		5		6,166
Non-agency commercial MBS	2,486		1		118		2,369
U.S. government agencies	1,909		4		7		1,906
Non-agency RMBS	1,565		1		139		1,427
Other asset-backed securities (“ABS”)	454		—		28		426

Total available-for-sale securities excluding portfolio level basis adjustments	99,593		343		1,265		98,671
Portfolio level basis adjustments (b)	59		(59)		—		—
Total available-for-sale securities	$	99,652	$	284	$	1,265	$	98,671
Held-to-maturity:
Agency RMBS	$	24,734	$	16	$	2,820	$	21,930
U.S. Treasury	8,873		8		268		8,613
Non-U.S. government (a)	5,812		42		21		5,833
U.S. government agencies	3,230		—		230		3,000
Agency commercial MBS	3,105		1		165		2,941
CLOs	1,896		1		2		1,895
Foreign covered bonds	736		4		—		740

Other debt securities	11		—		1		10
Total held-to-maturity securities	$	48,397	$	72	$	3,507	$	44,962
Total securities	$	148,049	$	356	$	4,772	$	143,633

(a) Includes supranational securities.

(b) Represents fair value hedge basis adjustments related to active portfolio layer method hedges of available-for-sale securities, which are not allocated to individual securities in the portfolio. See Note 16 for additional information on our hedging activities.


Securities at Dec. 31, 2024			Gross unrealized
	Amortized cost						Fair value
(in millions)			Gains		Losses
Available-for-sale:
Non-U.S. government (a)	$	25,042	$	61	$	356	$	24,747
Agency RMBS	20,459		16		575		19,900
U.S. Treasury	16,575		9		181		16,403
Agency commercial MBS	7,467		5		247		7,225
Foreign covered bonds	7,129		33		94		7,068
CLOs	5,809		10		—		5,819
Non-agency commercial MBS	2,641		2		156		2,487
U.S. government agencies	2,304		4		19		2,289
Non-agency RMBS	1,639		2		163		1,478
Other ABS	654		1		40		615

Total available-for-sale securities excluding portfolio level basis adjustments	89,719		143		1,831		88,031
Portfolio level basis adjustments (b)	(92)		—		(92)		—
Total available-for-sale securities	$	89,627	$	143	$	1,739	$	88,031
Held-to-maturity:
Agency RMBS	$	25,824	$	4	$	3,545	$	22,283
U.S. Treasury	8,833		—		443		8,390
Non-U.S. government (a)	4,479		8		36		4,451
U.S. government agencies	3,669		—		322		3,347
Agency commercial MBS	3,395		—		243		3,152
CLOs	1,816		2		—		1,818
Foreign covered bonds	555		1		1		555
Non-agency RMBS	14		—		—		14
Other debt securities	11		—		1		10
Total held-to-maturity securities	$	48,596	$	15	$	4,591	$	44,020
Total securities	$	138,223	$	158	$	6,330	$	132,051

(a) Includes supranational securities.

The following table presents the realized gains and losses, on a gross basis.


Net securities gains (losses)
(in millions)	2Q25		1Q25		2Q24		YTD25		YTD24
Realized gross gains	$	5	$	4	$	6	$	9	$	10
Realized gross losses	(40)		(4)		(23)		(44)		(28)
Total net securities (losses)	$	(35)	$	—	$	(17)	$	(35)	$	(18)

56 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following table presents pre-tax net securities gains (losses) by type.


Net securities gains (losses)
(in millions)	2Q25		1Q25		2Q24		YTD25		YTD24

U.S. Treasury	$	—	$	3	$	(11)	$	3	$	(12)
Non-U.S. government	(28)		—		—		(28)		—

Other	(7)		(3)		(6)		(10)		(6)
Total net securities (losses)	$	(35)	$	—	$	(17)	$	(35)	$	(18)

Allowance for credit losses – Securities

The amortized cost of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities is net of the allowance for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses related to securities was less than $1 million at June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024 and related to other debt securities.

Credit quality indicators – Securities

At June 30, 2025, the gross unrealized losses on the securities portfolio were primarily attributable to an increase in interest rates from the date of purchase, and for certain securities that were transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity, an increase in interest rates through the date they were transferred. As the transfers created a new cost basis for the securities, if these securities have experienced unrealized losses since the date of transfer, the corresponding unrealized losses would be reflected in the held-to-maturity securities portfolio in the following tables.

The following tables show the aggregate fair value of available-for-sale securities with a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months and those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 months or more without an allowance for credit losses.


Available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position without an allowance for credit losses at June 30, 2025	Less than 12 months				12 months or more				Total
	Fair value		Unrealized losses		Fair value		Unrealized losses		Fair value		Unrealized losses
(in millions)
Agency RMBS	$	8,674	$	94	$	6,999	$	290	$	15,673	$	384
U.S. Treasury	4,913		13		9,698		110		14,611		123
Non-U.S. government (a)	2,292		7		5,856		201		8,148		208
Agency commercial MBS	439		3		5,259		179		5,698		182
Foreign covered bonds	632		1		1,868		70		2,500		71
Non-agency commercial MBS	84		—		2,007		118		2,091		118
CLOs	2,010		5		—		—		2,010		5
Non-agency RMBS	189		2		811		137		1,000		139
U.S. government agencies	322		—		676		7		998		7
Other ABS	17		—		345		28		362		28

Total securities available-for-sale	$	19,572	$	125	$	33,519	$	1,140	$	53,091	$	1,265

(a) Includes supranational securities.


Available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position without an allowance for credit losses at Dec. 31, 2024	Less than 12 months				12 months or more				Total
	Fair value		Unrealized losses		Fair value		Unrealized losses		Fair value		Unrealized losses
(in millions)
Agency RMBS	$	10,469	$	249	$	7,003	$	326	$	17,472	$	575
Non-U.S. government (a)	7,283		59		7,305		297		14,588		356
U.S. Treasury	4,154		15		8,334		166		12,488		181
Agency commercial MBS	554		5		5,841		242		6,395		247

Foreign covered bonds	892		2		2,287		92		3,179		94
Non-agency commercial MBS	58		—		2,127		156		2,185		156
U.S. government agencies	576		9		905		10		1,481		19
Non-agency RMBS	139		2		995		161		1,134		163
Other ABS	3		—		536		40		539		40

Total securities available-for-sale	$	24,128	$	341	$	35,333	$	1,490	$	59,461	$	1,831

(a) Includes supranational securities.

BNY 57


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following tables show the credit quality of the held-to-maturity securities. We have included certain credit ratings information because the information can indicate the degree of credit risk to which we are exposed. Significant changes in ratings classifications could indicate increased credit risk for us and could be accompanied by an increase in the allowance for credit losses and/or a reduction in the fair value of our securities portfolio.


Held-to-maturity securities portfolio at June 30, 2025					Ratings (a)
			Net unrealized gain (loss)								BB+ and lower
(dollars in millions)	Amortized cost				AAA/ AA-		A+/ A-		BBB+/ BBB-				Not rated
Agency RMBS	$	24,734	$	(2,804)	100	%	—	%	—	%	—	%		—	%
U.S. Treasury	8,873		(260)		100		—		—		—			—
Non-U.S. government (b)(c)	5,812		21		100		—		—		—			—
U.S. government agencies	3,230		(230)		100		—		—		—			—
Agency commercial MBS	3,105		(164)		100		—		—		—			—
CLOs	1,896		(1)		100		—		—		—			—
Foreign covered bonds	736		4		100		—		—		—			—

Other debt securities	11		(1)		—		—		—		—			100
Total held-to-maturity securities	$	48,397	$	(3,435)	100	%	—	%	—	%	—	%		—	%

(a) Represents ratings by Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) or the equivalent.

(b) Includes supranational securities.


Held-to-maturity securities portfolio at Dec. 31, 2024					Ratings (a)
			Net unrealized gain (loss)								BB+ and lower
(dollars in millions)	Amortized cost				AAA/ AA-		A+/ A-		BBB+/ BBB-				Not rated
Agency RMBS	$	25,824	$	(3,541)	100	%	—	%	—	%	—	%		—	%
U.S. Treasury	8,833		(443)		100		—		—		—			—
Non-U.S. government (b)(c)	4,479		(28)		100		—		—		—			—
U.S. government agencies	3,669		(322)		100		—		—		—			—
Agency commercial MBS	3,395		(243)		100		—		—		—			—
CLOs	1,816		2		100		—		—		—			—
Foreign covered bonds	555		—		100		—		—		—			—
Non-agency RMBS	14		—		23		77		—		—			—
Other debt securities	11		(1)		—		—		—		—			100
Total held-to-maturity securities	$	48,596	$	(4,576)	100	%	—	%	—	%	—	%		—	%

(a) Represents ratings by S&P or the equivalent.

(b) Includes supranational securities.

58 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Maturity distribution

The following table shows the maturity distribution by carrying amount and yield (on a tax equivalent basis) of our securities portfolio.


Maturity distribution and yields on securities at June 30, 2025
	Within 1 year				1-5 years				5-10 years				After 10 years				Total
(dollars in millions)	Amount		Yield (a)		Amount		Yield (a)		Amount		Yield (a)		Amount		Yield (a)		Amount		Yield (a)
Available-for-sale:
Non-U.S. government (b)	$	4,919	3.18%		$	19,146	3.28%		$	3,893	2.95%		$	256	3.04%		$	28,214	3.21%
U.S. Treasury	831		1.46		17,459		2.98		923		3.17		1,906		2.94		21,119		2.93
Foreign covered bonds	1,183		3.92		6,147		3.07		373		3.24		—		—		7,703		3.21
U.S. government agencies	104		3.91		1,137		3.40		665		2.61		—		—		1,906		3.15

Mortgage-backed securities:
Agency RMBS																	22,347		4.56
Agency commercial MBS																	6,994		3.00
Non-agency commercial MBS																	2,369		3.00
Non-agency RMBS																	1,427		3.33
CLOs																	6,166		5.54
Other ABS																	426		2.55
Total securities available-for-sale	$	7,037	3.11	%	$	43,889	3.13	%	$	5,854	2.96	%	$	2,162	2.95	%	$	98,671	3.58	%
Held-to-maturity:
U.S. Treasury	$	2,823	1.06	%	$	5,674	1.20	%	$	376	1.31	%	$	—	—	%	$	8,873	1.16	%
Non-U.S. government (b)	526		1.83		4,977		2.73		309		2.25		—		—		5,812		2.62
U.S. government agencies	709		1.68		1,895		1.53		582		1.63		44		2.11		3,230		1.59
Foreign covered bonds	29		2.49		707		2.57		—		—		—		—		736		2.57
Other debt securities	—		—		—		—		11		4.75		—		—		11		4.75
Mortgage-backed securities:
Agency RMBS																	24,734		2.36
Agency commercial MBS																	3,105		2.62

CLOs																	1,896		5.69
Total securities held-to-maturity	$	4,087	1.27	%	$	13,253	1.89	%	$	1,278	1.71	%	$	44	2.11	%	$	48,397	2.27	%
Total securities	$	11,124	2.43	%	$	57,142	2.85	%	$	7,132	2.74	%	$	2,206	2.94	%	$	147,068	3.15	%

(a) Yields are based upon the amortized cost of securities and consider the contractual coupon, amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, excluding the effect of related hedging derivatives.

(b) Includes supranational securities.

Pledged assets

At June 30, 2025, BNY had pledged assets of $144 billion, including $88 billion pledged as collateral for potential borrowings at the Federal Reserve Discount Window and $10 billion pledged as collateral for borrowing at the Federal Home Loan Bank. The components of the assets pledged at June 30, 2025 included $123 billion of securities, $15 billion of loans, $5 billion of trading assets and $1 billion of interest-bearing deposits with banks.

If there has been no borrowing at the Federal Reserve Discount Window, the Federal Reserve generally allows banks to freely move assets in and out of their pledged assets account to sell or repledge the assets for other purposes. BNY regularly moves assets in and out of its pledged assets account at the Federal Reserve as there have been no borrowings.

At Dec. 31, 2024, BNY had pledged assets of $138 billion, including $88 billion pledged as collateral for potential borrowing at the Federal Reserve Discount Window and $10 billion pledged as collateral for borrowing at the Federal Home Loan Bank. The components of the assets pledged at Dec. 31, 2024 included $117 billion of securities, $15 billion of loans, $5 billion of trading assets and $1 billion of interest-bearing deposits with banks.

At June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, pledged assets included $24 billion and $23 billion, respectively, for which the recipients were permitted to sell or repledge the assets delivered.

We also obtain securities as collateral, including receipts under resale agreements, securities borrowed, derivative contracts and custody agreements, on terms which permit us to sell or repledge the securities to others. At June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, the

BNY 59


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

market value of the securities received that can be sold or repledged was $361 billion and $300 billion, respectively. We routinely sell or repledge these securities through delivery to third parties. As of June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, the market value of securities collateral sold or repledged was $322 billion and $264 billion, respectively.

Restricted cash and securities

Cash and securities may be segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements. At June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, cash segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements was $3 billion and $1 billion, respectively. Restricted cash is primarily included in interest-bearing deposits with banks on the consolidated balance sheet. Securities segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements were $4 billion at June 30, 2025 and $5 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. Restricted securities were sourced from securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowings and are included in federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements on the consolidated balance sheet.

Note 4–Loans and asset quality

Loans

The table below provides the details of our loan portfolio.


Loans	June 30, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024
(in millions)
Commercial	$	1,267	$	1,420
Commercial real estate	6,907		6,782
Financial institutions	13,117		13,167
Lease financings	154		603
Wealth management loans	9,177		8,698
Wealth management mortgages	8,823		8,950
Other residential mortgages	1,372		1,068
Capital call financing	5,126		5,163
Other	3,676		3,063
Overdrafts	3,206		3,519
Margin loans	20,271		19,137
Total loans (a)	$	73,096	$	71,570

(a) Net of unearned income of $110 million at June 30, 2025 and $230 million at Dec. 31, 2024 primarily related to lease financings.

We disclose information related to our loans and asset quality by the class of the financing receivable in the following tables.

Allowance for credit losses

Activity in the allowance for credit losses on loans and lending-related commitments is presented below. This does not include activity in the allowance for credit losses related to other financial instruments, including cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, available-for-sale securities, held-to-maturity securities and accounts receivable.


Allowance for credit losses activity for the quarter ended June 30, 2025							Wealth management loans	Wealth management mortgages		Other residential mortgages		Capital call financing
(in millions)	Commercial		Commercial real estate		Financial institutions											Total
Beginning balance	$	15	$	326	$	16		$	1	$	6	$	2	$	4	$	370
Charge-offs	—		(10)		—			—		—		—		—		(10)
Recoveries	—		5		—			—		—		—		—		5
Net (charge-offs)	—		(5)		—			—		—		—		—		(5)
Provision (a)	(2)		(30)		9			—		—		—		3		(20)
Ending balance	$	13	$	291	$	25		$	1	$	6	$	2	$	7	$	345
Allowance for:
Loan losses	$	2	$	245	$	13		$	1	$	6	$	2	$	6	$	275
Lending-related commitments	11		46		12			—		—		—		1		70
Individually evaluated for impairment:
Loan balance (b)	$	—	$	198	$	—		$	—	$	1	$	—	$	—	$	199
Allowance for loan losses	—		52		—			—		—		—		—		52

(a) Does not include the provision for credit losses related to other financial instruments of $3 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2025.

(b) Includes collateral-dependent loans of $199 million with $169 million of collateral value.

60 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


Allowance for credit losses activity for the quarter ended March 31, 2025							Wealth management loans	Wealth management mortgages		Other residential mortgages		Capital call financing
(in millions)	Commercial		Commercial real estate		Financial institutions											Total
Beginning balance	$	20	$	315	$	19		$	1	$	6	$	2	$	3	$	366
Charge-offs	—		(10)		—			—		—		—		—		(10)
Recoveries	—		—		—			—		—		1		—		1
Net (charge-offs) recoveries	—		(10)		—			—		—		1		—		(9)
Provision (a)	(5)		21		(3)			—		—		(1)		1		13
Ending balance	$	15	$	326	$	16		$	1	$	6	$	2	$	4	$	370
Allowance for:
Loan losses	$	5	$	271	$	7		$	1	$	6	$	2	$	3	$	295
Lending-related commitments	10		55		9			—		—		—		1		75
Individually evaluated for impairment:
Loan balance (b)	$	—	$	275	$	—		$	—	$	3	$	1	$	—	$	279
Allowance for loan losses	—		75		—			—		—		—		—		75

(a) Does not include the provision for credit losses related to other financial instruments of $5 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025.

(b) Includes collateral-dependent loans of $279 million with $256 million of collateral value.


Allowance for credit losses activity for the quarter ended June 30, 2024							Wealth management loans	Wealth management mortgages		Other residential mortgages		Capital call financing				Total
(in millions)	Commercial		Commercial real estate		Financial institutions
Beginning balance	$	24	$	347	$	17		$	1	$	7	$	3	$	4		$	403
Charge-offs	—		(43)		—			—		—		—		—			(43)
Recoveries	—		—		—			—		—		—		—			—
Net (charge-offs)	—		(43)		—			—		—		—		—			(43)
Provision (a)	3		(6)		4			—		(1)		—		(1)			(1)
Ending balance	$	27	$	298	$	21		$	1	$	6	$	3	$	3		$	359
Allowance for:
Loan losses	$	16	$	247	$	12		$	1	$	5	$	3	$	2		$	286
Lending-related commitments	11		51		9			—		1		—		1			73
Individually evaluated for impairment:
Loan balance (b)	$	—	$	287	$	—		$	—	$	13	$	1	$	—		$	301
Allowance for loan losses	—		73		—			—		—		—		—			73

(a) Does not include the provision for credit losses related to other financial instruments of $1 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2024.

(b) Includes collateral-dependent loans of $301 million with $265 million of collateral value.


Allowance for credit losses activity for the six months ended June 30, 2025									Other residential mortgages		Capital call financing				Total
(in millions)	Commercial		Commercial real estate		Financial institutions		Wealth management loans						Wealth management mortgages
Beginning balance	$	20	$	315	$	19	$	1	$	6	$	2	$	3		$	366
Charge-offs	—		(20)		—		—		—		—		—			(20)
Recoveries	—		5		—		—		—		1		—			6
Net (charge-offs) recoveries	—		(15)		—		—		—		1		—			(14)
Provision (a)	(7)		(9)		6		—		—		(1)		4			(7)
Ending balance	$	13	$	291	$	25	$	1	$	6	$	2	$	7		$	345

(a) Does not include provision for credit losses related to other financial instruments of $8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025.

BNY 61


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


Allowance for credit losses activity for the six months ended June 30, 2024													Other residential mortgages		Capital call financing		Total
(in millions)	Commercial		Commercial real estate		Financial institutions		Lease financings		Wealth management loans		Wealth management mortgages
Beginning balance	$	27	$	325	$	19	$	1	$	1	$	9	$	4	$	4	$	390
Charge-offs	—		(43)		—		—		—		(1)		—		—		(44)
Recoveries	—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Net (charge-offs)	—		(43)		—		—		—		(1)		—		—		(44)
Provision (a)	—		16		2		(1)		—		(2)		(1)		(1)		13
Ending balance	$	27	$	298	$	21	$	—	$	1	$	6	$	3	$	3	$	359

(a) Does not include provision for credit losses related to other financial instruments of $14 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024.

Nonperforming assets

The table below presents our nonperforming assets.


Nonperforming assets	June 30, 2025						Dec. 31, 2024
	Recorded investment						Recorded investment
	With an allowance		Without an allowance				With an allowance		Without an allowance
(in millions)					Total						Total
Nonperforming loans:
Commercial real estate	$	131	$	—	$	131	$	104	$	39	$	143
Other residential mortgages	18		—		18		18		1		19
Wealth management mortgages	9		1		10		6		9		15


Total nonperforming loans	158		1		159		128		49		177
Other assets owned	—		2		2		—		2		2
Total nonperforming assets	$	158	$	3	$	161	$	128	$	51	$	179

Past due loans

The table below presents our past due loans.


Past due loans and still accruing interest	June 30, 2025									Dec. 31, 2024
	Days past due						Total past due			Days past due			Total past due
(in millions)	30-59		60-89		≥90						30-59				60-89		≥90
Commercial real estate	$	16	$	—	$	123	(a)	$	139		$	15	$	—	$	—	$	15
Wealth management loans	28		2		—			30			47		—		—		47
Other residential mortgages	12		3		—			15			7		1		—		8
Wealth management mortgages	—		7		1			8			34		2		—		36




Total past due loans	$	56	$	12	$	124		$	192		$	103	$	3	$	—	$	106

(a) Loan was modified in July 2025.

Loan modifications

Modified loans are evaluated to determine whether a modification or restructuring with a borrower experiencing financial difficulty results in principal forgiveness, an interest rate reduction, an other-than-insignificant payment delay, or a term extension. The modification could result in a new loan or a continuation of the existing loan.

There were no loan modifications in the second quarter of 2025. At June 30, 2025, there were no

loans that were modified in the previous 12 months and that are now past due by more than 90 days.

In the first quarter of 2025, we modified one wealth management mortgage loan, with a recorded investment of $1 million by providing payment modifications.

In the second quarter of 2024, we modified one commercial real estate exposure, with a recorded investment of $59 million and an unfunded lending commitment of $1 million, by extending the maturity date.

62 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Credit quality indicators

Our credit strategy is to focus on investment-grade clients that are active users of our non-credit services. Each customer is assigned an internal credit rating, which is mapped to an external rating agency grade equivalent, if possible, based upon a number of dimensions, which are continually evaluated and may change over time.

The tables below provide information about the credit profile of the loan portfolio by the period of origination.


Credit profile of the loan portfolio													June 30, 2025
													Revolving loans
	Originated, at amortized cost												Amortized cost		Converted to term loans – Amortized cost				Accrued interest receivable
(in millions)	YTD25		2024		2023		2022		2021		Prior to 2021						Total (a)
Commercial:
Investment grade	$	8	$	42	$	54	$	17	$	37	$	115	$	889	$	—	$	1,162
Non-investment grade	7		11		25		—		16		—		46		—		105
Total commercial	15		53		79		17		53		115		935		—		1,267		$	1
Commercial real estate: (b)
Investment grade	318		455		608		850		301		1,783		133		—		4,448
Non-investment grade	77		327		268		653		292		755		69		18		2,459
Total commercial real estate	395		782		876		1,503		593		2,538		202		18		6,907		27
Financial institutions:
Investment grade	143		431		379		10		25		44		10,403		—		11,435
Non-investment grade	43		87		—		—		—		—		1,552		—		1,682
Total financial institutions	186		518		379		10		25		44		11,955		—		13,117		115
Wealth management loans:
Investment grade	5		—		29		26		111		100		8,745		100		9,116
Non-investment grade	—		—		—		—		—		—		61		—		61
Total wealth management loans	5		—		29		26		111		100		8,806		100		9,177		53
Wealth management mortgages (b)	315		383		774		1,534		1,769		4,032		16		—		8,823		25
Lease financings	—		—		—		—		8		146		—		—		154		—
Other residential mortgages	56		258		182		518		180		178		—		—		1,372		5
Capital call financing	233		129		—		—		—		—		4,764		—		5,126		29
Other loans	—		—		—		—		—		—		3,676		—		3,676		6
Margin loans	7,833		—		—		—		—		—		12,438		—		20,271		38
Total loans	$	9,038	$	2,123	$	2,319	$	3,608	$	2,739	$	7,153	$	42,792	$	118	$	69,890	$	299

(a) Excludes overdrafts of $3,206 million. Overdrafts occur on a daily basis primarily in the custody and securities clearance business and are generally repaid within two business days.

(b) In the first six months of 2025, the gross write-offs related to commercial real estate loans were $11 million, and wealth management mortgages were less than $1 million.

BNY 63


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


Credit profile of the loan portfolio													Dec. 31, 2024
													Revolving loans
	Originated, at amortized cost												Amortized cost		Converted to term loans – Amortized cost				Accrued interest receivable
(in millions)	2024		2023		2022		2021		2020		Prior to 2020						Total (a)
Commercial:
Investment grade	$	41	$	69	$	20	$	55	$	—	$	116	$	1,010	$	—	$	1,311
Non-investment grade	14		29		—		17		—		—		49		—		109
Total commercial	55		98		20		72		—		116		1,059		—		1,420		$	2
Commercial real estate: (b)
Investment grade	396		567		762		392		460		1,384		126		—		4,087
Non-investment grade	335		315		751		351		214		617		94		18		2,695
Total commercial real estate	731		882		1,513		743		674		2,001		220		18		6,782		28
Financial institutions:
Investment grade	491		370		20		26		42		—		10,363		—		11,312
Non-investment grade	131		—		10		—		—		—		1,714		—		1,855
Total financial institutions	622		370		30		26		42		—		12,077		—		13,167		157
Wealth management loans:
Investment grade	3		29		33		110		33		109		8,261		100		8,678
Non-investment grade	—		—		—		—		—		—		20		—		20
Total wealth management loans	3		29		33		110		33		109		8,281		100		8,698		50
Wealth management mortgages (b)	495		798		1,585		1,812		818		3,423		19		—		8,950		23
Lease financings	—		—		—		10		31		562		—		—		603		—
Other residential mortgages (b)	15		148		529		184		5		187		—		—		1,068		4
Capital call financing	91		—		—		—		—		—		5,072		—		5,163		28
Other loans	—		—		—		—		—		—		3,063		—		3,063		6
Margin loans	7,732		—		—		—		—		—		11,405		—		19,137		38
Total loans	$	9,744	$	2,325	$	3,710	$	2,957	$	1,603	$	6,398	$	41,196	$	118	$	68,051	$	336

(a) Excludes overdrafts of $3,519 million. Overdrafts occur on a daily basis primarily in the custody and securities clearance business and are generally repaid within two business days.

(b) The gross write-offs related to commercial real estate loans were $82 million, other residential mortgage loans were $1 million and wealth management mortgage loans were less than $1 million in 2024.

Commercial loans

The commercial loan portfolio is divided into investment grade and non-investment grade categories based on the assigned internal credit ratings, which are generally consistent with those of the public rating agencies. Customers with ratings consistent with BBB- (S&P)/Baa3 (Moody’s) or better are considered to be investment grade. Those clients with ratings lower than this threshold are considered to be non-investment grade.

Commercial real estate

Our income-producing commercial real estate facilities are focused on experienced owners and are structured with moderate leverage based on existing cash flows. Our commercial real estate lending activities also include construction and renovation facilities.

Financial institutions

Financial institution exposures are high quality, with 96% of the exposures meeting the investment grade equivalent criteria of our internal credit rating classification at June 30, 2025. In addition, 68% of the financial institutions exposure is secured. For example, securities industry clients and asset managers often borrow against marketable securities held in custody. The exposure to financial institutions is generally short term, with 83% expiring within one year.

Wealth management loans

Wealth management loans are not typically rated by external rating agencies. A majority of the wealth management loans are secured by the customers’ investment management accounts or custody accounts. Eligible assets pledged for these loans are typically investment grade fixed-income securities, equities and/or mutual funds. Internal ratings for this portion of the wealth management loan portfolio, therefore, would equate to investment grade external

64 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

ratings. Wealth management loans are provided to select customers based on the pledge of other types of assets. For the loans collateralized by other assets, the credit quality of the obligor is carefully analyzed, but we do not consider this portion of our wealth management loan portfolio to be investment grade.

Wealth management mortgages

Credit quality indicators for wealth management mortgages are not correlated to external ratings. Wealth management mortgages are typically loans to high-net-worth individuals, which are secured primarily by residential property. These loans are primarily interest-only, adjustable-rate mortgages with a weighted-average loan-to-value ratio of 61% at origination. Delinquency rate is a key indicator of credit quality in our wealth management portfolio. At June 30, 2025, less than 1% of the mortgages were past due.

Lease financings

At June 30, 2025, all of the leasing exposure was investment grade, or investment grade equivalent, and consisted of exposures backed by well-diversified assets, primarily concentrated in the U.S.

Other residential mortgages

The other residential mortgages portfolio primarily consists of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans and totaled $1.4 billion at June 30, 2025 and $1.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. These loans are not typically correlated to external ratings.

Capital call financing

Capital call financing includes loans to private equity funds that are secured by the fund investors’ capital commitments and the funds’ right to call capital.

Other loans

Other loans primarily include loans to consumers that are fully collateralized with equities, mutual funds and fixed-income securities.

Margin loans

We had $20.3 billion of secured margin loans at June 30, 2025, compared with $19.1 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. Margin loans are collateralized with marketable securities, and borrowers are required to maintain a daily collateral margin in excess of 100% of the value of the loan. We have rarely suffered a loss on these types of loans.

Overdrafts

Overdrafts primarily relate to custody and securities clearance clients and totaled $3.2 billion at June 30, 2025 and $3.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. Overdrafts occur on a daily basis and are generally repaid within two business days.

Reverse repurchase agreements

Reverse repurchase agreements at June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024 were fully secured with high-quality collateral. As a result, there was no allowance for credit losses related to these assets at June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024.

BNY 65


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Note 5–Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill

The tables below provide a breakdown of goodwill by business segment.


Goodwill by business segment (in millions)	Securities Services		Market and Wealth Services		Investment and Wealth Management		Consolidated
Balance at Dec. 31, 2024
Goodwill	$	7,331	$	1,475	$	8,472	$	17,278
Accumulated impairment losses	—		—		(680)		(680)
Net goodwill	$	7,331	$	1,475	$	7,792	$	16,598


Dispositions	(18)		—		—		(18)
Foreign currency translation	100		9		134		243
Balance at June 30, 2025
Goodwill	$	7,413	$	1,484	$	8,606	$	17,503
Accumulated impairment losses	—		—		(680)		(680)
Net goodwill	$	7,413	$	1,484	$	7,926	$	16,823


Goodwill by business segment (in millions)	Securities Services		Market and Wealth Services		Investment and Wealth Management		Consolidated
Balance at Dec. 31, 2023
Goodwill	$	7,004	$	1,429	$	8,508	$	16,941
Accumulated impairment losses	—		—		(680)		(680)
Net goodwill	$	7,004	$	1,429	$	7,828	$	16,261

Business realignment (a)	(51)		48		3		—

Foreign currency translation	(22)		(1)		(21)		(44)

Balance at June 30, 2024
Goodwill	$	6,931	$	1,476	$	8,490	$	16,897
Accumulated impairment losses	—		—		(680)		(680)
Net goodwill	$	6,931	$	1,476	$	7,810	$	16,217

(a) In the first quarter of 2024, we made certain realignments of similar products and services within our lines of business. See Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2024 Annual Report for additional information.

Goodwill impairment testing

The goodwill impairment test is performed at least annually at the reporting unit level. An interim goodwill impairment test is performed when events or circumstances occur that may indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of any reporting unit may be less than its carrying value.

In the second quarter of 2025, due to the results of the first quarter 2025 interim and annual goodwill

impairment test and macroeconomic conditions, we performed an interim goodwill impairment test of the Investment Management reporting unit, which had $6.2 billion of allocated goodwill. No additional goodwill impairment was recognized.

In the second quarter of 2025, we also performed our annual goodwill impairment test on the remaining reporting units. As result of the annual goodwill impairment test, no goodwill impairment was recognized.

66 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Intangible assets

The tables below provide a breakdown of intangible assets by business segment.


Intangible assets – net carrying amount by business segment (in millions)	Securities Services		Market and Wealth Services		Investment and Wealth Management		Other		Consolidated
Balance at Dec. 31, 2024	$	186	$	374	$	1,442	$	849	$	2,851

Amortization	(13)		(1)		(8)		—		(22)
Foreign currency translation	5		—		15		—		20
Balance at June 30, 2025	$	178	$	373	$	1,449	$	849	$	2,849


Intangible assets – net carrying amount by business segment (in millions)	Securities Services		Market and Wealth Services		Investment and Wealth Management		Other		Consolidated
Balance at Dec. 31, 2023	$	164	$	378	$	1,463	$	849	$	2,854

Amortization	(14)		(2)		(9)		—		(25)
Foreign currency translation	(2)		—		(1)		—		(3)
Balance at June 30, 2024	$	148	$	376	$	1,453	$	849	$	2,826

The table below provides a breakdown of intangible assets by type.


Intangible assets	June 30, 2025							Dec. 31, 2024
(dollars in millions)	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization		Net carrying amount		Remaining weighted- average amortization period	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization		Net carrying amount
Subject to amortization: (a)
Customer contracts – Securities Services	$	789	$	(611)	$	178	12 years	$	779	$	(593)	$	186
Customer contracts – Market and Wealth Services	269		(267)		2		1 year	269		(266)		3
Customer relationships – Investment and Wealth Management	553		(501)		52		7 years	553		(495)		58
Other	39		(14)		25		12 years	42		(14)		28
Total subject to amortization	$	1,650	$	(1,393)	$	257	11 years	$	1,643	$	(1,368)	$	275
Not subject to amortization: (b)
Tradenames	$	1,295	N/A		$	1,295	N/A	$	1,291	N/A		$	1,291
Customer relationships	1,297		N/A		1,297		N/A	1,285		N/A		1,285
Total not subject to amortization	$	2,592	N/A		$	2,592	N/A	$	2,576	N/A		$	2,576
Total intangible assets	$	4,242	$	(1,393)	$	2,849	N/A	$	4,219	$	(1,368)	$	2,851

(a) Excludes fully amortized intangible assets.

(b) Intangible assets not subject to amortization have an indefinite life.

N/A – Not applicable.

Estimated annual amortization expense for current intangibles for the next five years is as follows:


For the year ended Dec. 31,	Estimated amortization expense (in millions)
2025		$	45
2026		37
2027		31
2028		27
2029		24

Intangible asset impairment testing

Intangible assets not subject to amortization are tested for impairment annually or more often if events or circumstances indicate they may be impaired.

BNY 67


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Note 6–Other assets

The following table provides the components of other assets presented on the consolidated balance sheet.


Other assets	June 30, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024
(in millions)
Accounts receivable (a)	$	5,829	$	4,931
Corporate/bank-owned life insurance	5,572		5,552
Fails to deliver	4,005		1,292
Tax credit investments	2,736		2,821
Software	2,682		2,676
Prepaid pension assets	2,297		2,035
Assets of consolidated investment management funds	1,007		891
Equity method investments	913		852
Prepaid expense	873		736
Other equity investments (b)	736		679
Cash collateral receivable on derivative transactions	648		292
Income taxes receivable	635		255
Federal Reserve Bank stock	486		478
Fair value of hedging derivatives	297		781
Seed capital (c)	192		196
Other (d)	1,148		1,223
Total other assets	$	30,056	$	25,690

(a) Includes receivables for securities sold or matured that have not yet settled.

(b) Includes strategic equity, private equity and other investments.

(d) At June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, other assets include $57 million and $57 million, respectively, of Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost.

Non-readily marketable equity securities

Non-readily marketable equity securities do not have readily determinable fair values. These investments are valued using a measurement alternative where the investments are carried at cost, less any impairment, and plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for an identical or similar investment of the same issuer. The observable price changes are recorded in investment and other revenue on the consolidated income statement. Our non-readily marketable equity securities totaled $464 million at June 30, 2025 and $413 million at Dec. 31, 2024, and are included in other equity investments in the table above.

The following table presents the adjustments on the non-readily marketable equity securities.


Adjustments on non-readily marketable equity securities											Life-to- date
(in millions)	2Q25		1Q25		2Q24		YTD25		YTD24		Life-to- date
Upward adjustments	$	18	$	12	$	1	$	30	$	1	$	366
Downward adjustments	(1)		—		—		(1)		—		(56)
Net adjustments	$	17	$	12	$	1	$	29	$	1	$	310

Tax credit investments

Tax credit investments include affordable housing projects and renewable energy investments. We invest in affordable housing projects primarily to satisfy the Company’s requirements under the Community Reinvestment Act. We invest in renewable energy projects to receive an expected after-tax return, which consists of allocated renewable energy tax credits, tax deductions and cash distributions based on the operations of the project.

Our tax credit investments totaled $2.7 billion at June 30, 2025 and $2.8 billion at Dec. 31, 2024. Commitments to fund future investments totaled $824 million at June 30, 2025 and $951 million at Dec. 31, 2024 and are recorded in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. A summary of the commitments to fund future investments as of June 30, 2025 is as follows: remainder of 2025 – $297 million; 2026 – $114 million; 2027 – $106 million; 2028 – $82 million; 2029 – $34 million; and 2030 and thereafter – $191 million.

Tax credits and other tax benefits recognized were $134 million in the second quarter of 2025, $142 million in the first quarter of 2025, $115 million in the second quarter of 2024, $276 million in the first six months of 2025 and $229 million in the first six months of 2024.

Amortization expense included in the provision for income taxes was $115 million in the second quarter of 2025, $126 million in the first quarter of 2025, $92 million in the second quarter of 2024, $241 million in the first six months of 2025 and $184 million in the first six months of 2024.

68 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Investments valued using net asset value (“NAV”) per share

In our Investment and Wealth Management business segment, we make seed capital investments in certain funds we manage. We also hold private equity investments, primarily small business investment companies (“SBICs”), which are compliant with the

Volcker Rule, and certain other corporate investments. Seed capital, private equity and other corporate investments are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet. The fair value of certain of these investments was estimated using the NAV per share for our ownership interest in the funds.

The table below presents information on our investments valued using NAV.


Investments valued using NAV	June 30, 2025					Dec. 31, 2024
(in millions)	Fair value		Unfunded commitments			Fair value		Unfunded commitments
Seed capital (a)	$	7		$	—	$	7		$	—
Private equity investments (b)	140			63		137			59
Other	8			—		8			—
Total	$	155		$	63	$	152		$	59

(a) Seed capital investments at June 30, 2025 are generally redeemable on request. Distributions are received as the underlying investments in the funds, which have redemption notice periods of up to seven days, are liquidated.

(b) Private equity investments primarily include Volcker Rule-compliant investments in SBICs that invest in various sectors of the economy. Private equity investments do not have redemption rights. Distributions from such investments will be received as the underlying investments in the private equity investments, which have a life of 10 years, are liquidated.

Note 7–Contract revenue

Fee and other revenue in the Securities Services, Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management business segments is primarily variable, based on levels of assets under custody and/or administration, assets under management and the level of client-driven transactions, as specified in the fee schedules. See Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2024 Annual Report for information on the nature of our services and revenue recognition. See Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2024 Annual Report for additional information on our principal business segments — Securities Services,

Market and Wealth Services and Investment and Wealth Management — and the primary services provided.

Disaggregation of contract revenue

Contract revenue is included in fee and other revenue on the consolidated income statement. The following tables present fee and other revenue related to contracts with customers, disaggregated by type of fee revenue, for each business segment. Business segment data has been determined on an internal management basis of accounting, rather than GAAP, which is used for consolidated financial reporting.

BNY 69


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


Disaggregation of contract revenue by business segment
	Quarter ended
	June 30, 2025										June 30, 2024
(in millions)	Securities Services		Market and Wealth Services		Investment and Wealth Management		Other		Total			Securities Services		Market and Wealth Services		Investment and Wealth Management		Other		Total
Fee and other revenue – contract revenue:
Investment services fees	$	1,449	$	1,099	$	26	$	(18)	$	2,556		$	1,327	$	1,009	$	23	$	(19)	$	2,340
Investment management and performance fees	—		3		754		(3)		754			—		2		766		(3)		765
Financing-related fees	11		3		1		—		15			12		5		1		—		18
Distribution and servicing fees	1		(34)		69		1		37			—		(30)		69		2		41
Investment and other revenue	72		69		(106)		(3)		32			62		61		(92)		—		31
Total fee and other revenue – contract revenue	1,533		1,140		744		(23)		3,394			1,401		1,047		767		(20)		3,195
Fee and other revenue – not in scope of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606 (a)(b)	266		96		16		41		419			243		71		11		45		370
Total fee and other revenue	$	1,799	$	1,236	$	760	$	18	$	3,813		$	1,644	$	1,118	$	778	$	25	$	3,565

(a) Primarily includes investment services fees, foreign exchange revenue, financing-related fees and investment and other revenue, all of which are accounted for using other accounting guidance.

(b) The Investment and Wealth Management business segment is net of income attributable to noncontrolling interests related to consolidated investment management funds of $12 million in the second quarter of 2025 and $2 million in the second quarter of 2024.


Disaggregation of contract revenue by business segment	Quarter ended
	March 31, 2025
(in millions)	Securities Services		Market and Wealth Services		Investment and Wealth Management		Other		Total
Fee and other revenue – contract revenue:
Investment services fees	$	1,311	$	1,065	$	25	$	(18)	$	2,383
Investment management and performance fees	—		3		748		(3)		748
Financing-related fees	15		8		—		—		23
Distribution and servicing fees	1		(33)		68		—		36
Investment and other revenue	67		67		(103)		2		33
Total fee and other revenue – contract revenue	1,394		1,110		738		(19)		3,223
Fee and other revenue – not in scope of ASC 606 (a)(b)	276		79		—		53		408
Total fee and other revenue	$	1,670	$	1,189	$	738	$	34	$	3,631

(a) Primarily includes investment services fees, foreign exchange revenue, financing-related fees and investment and other revenue, all of which are accounted for using other accounting guidance.

(b) The Investment and Wealth Management business segment is net of income attributable to noncontrolling interests related to consolidated investment management funds of $2 million in the first quarter of 2025.

70 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


Disaggregation of contract revenue by business segment
	Year-to-date
	June 30, 2025										June 30, 2024
(in millions)	Securities Services		Market and Wealth Services		Investment and Wealth Management		Other		Total		Securities Services		Market and Wealth Services		Investment and Wealth Management		Other		Total
Fee and other revenue – contract revenue:
Investment services fees	$	2,760	$	2,164	$	51	$	(36)	$	4,939	$	2,587	$	2,001	$	49	$	(35)	$	4,602
Investment management and performance fees	—		6		1,502		(6)		1,502		—		4		1,540		(7)		1,537
Financing-related fees	26		11		1		—		38		27		13		1		—		41
Distribution and servicing fees	2		(67)		137		1		73		1		(59)		139		2		83
Investment and other revenue	139		136		(209)		(1)		65		119		121		(182)		1		59
Total fee and other revenue – contract revenue	2,927		2,250		1,482		(42)		6,617		2,734		2,080		1,547		(39)		6,322
Fee and other revenue – not in scope of ASC 606 (a)(b)	542		175		16		94		827		466		132		36		94		728
Total fee and other revenue	$	3,469	$	2,425	$	1,498	$	52	$	7,444	$	3,200	$	2,212	$	1,583	$	55	$	7,050

(a) Primarily includes investment services fees, foreign exchange revenue, financing-related fees and investment and other revenue, all of which are accounted for using other accounting guidance.

(b) The Investment and Wealth Management business segment is net of income attributable to noncontrolling interests related to consolidated investment management funds of $14 million in the first six months of 2025 and $4 million in the first six months of 2024.

Contract balances

Our clients are billed based on fee schedules that are agreed upon in each customer contract. Receivables from customers were $3.0 billion at June 30, 2025 and $2.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2024.

Contract assets represent accrued revenues that have not yet been billed to customers due to certain contractual terms other than the passage of time and were $72 million at June 30, 2025 and $34 million at Dec. 31, 2024. Accrued revenues recorded as contract assets are usually billed on an annual basis.

Both receivables from customers and contract assets are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

Contract liabilities represent payments received in advance of providing services under certain contracts and were $205 million at June 30, 2025 and $171 million at Dec. 31, 2024. Contract liabilities are included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. Revenue recognized in the first six months of 2025 relating to contract liabilities as of Dec. 31, 2024 was $82 million. Revenue recognized in the second quarter of 2025 relating to contract liabilities as of March 31, 2025 was $71 million.

Changes in contract assets and liabilities primarily relate to either party’s performance under the contracts.

Contract costs

Incremental costs for obtaining contracts that are deemed recoverable are capitalized as contract costs. Such costs result from the payment of sales incentives, primarily in the Wealth Management business, and totaled $48 million at June 30, 2025 and $44 million at Dec. 31, 2024. Capitalized sales incentives are amortized based on the transfer of goods or services to which the assets relate. The amortization of capitalized sales incentives, which is primarily included in staff expense on the consolidated income statement, totaled $4 million in the second quarter of 2025 and second quarter of 2024, $3 million in the first quarter of 2025, and $7 million in the first six months of 2025 and first six months of 2024.

Costs to fulfill a contract are capitalized when they relate directly to an existing contract or a specific anticipated contract, generate or enhance resources that will be used to fulfill performance obligations, and are recoverable. Such costs generally represent set-up costs, which include any direct cost incurred at the inception of a contract which enables the fulfillment of the performance obligation, and totaled $108 million at June 30, 2025 and $98 million at Dec. 31, 2024. These capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected contract period.

BNY 71


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Unsatisfied performance obligations

We do not have any unsatisfied performance obligations other than those that are subject to a practical expedient election under ASC 606, Revenue From Contracts With Customers. The practical

expedient election applies to (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less, and (ii) contracts for which we recognize revenue at the amount to which we have the right to invoice for services performed.

Note 8–Net interest income

The following table provides the components of net interest income presented on the consolidated income statement.


Net interest income	Quarter ended						Year-to-date
(in millions)	June 30, 2025		March 31, 2025		June 30, 2024		June 30, 2025		June 30, 2024
Interest income
Deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks	$	937	$	826	$	1,201	$	1,763	$	2,420
Deposits with banks	87		84		110		171		231
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements	3,176		2,922		2,631		6,098		5,064
Loans	1,032		999		1,119		2,031		2,180
Securities	1,281		1,211		1,256		2,492		2,449



Trading securities	89		81		75		170		144
Total interest income	6,602		6,123		6,392		12,725		12,488
Interest expense
Deposits	1,840		1,722		2,255		3,562		4,442
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements	2,875		2,610		2,433		5,485		4,676
Trading liabilities	35		23		23		58		44
Other borrowed funds	6		4		8		10		12
Commercial paper	29		14		13		43		13
Customer payables	162		157		161		319		307
Long-term debt	452		434		469		886		924
Total interest expense	5,399		4,964		5,362		10,363		10,418
Net interest income	1,203		1,159		1,030		2,362		2,070
Provision for credit losses	(17)		18		—		1		27
Net interest income after provision for credit losses	$	1,220	$	1,141	$	1,030	$	2,361	$	2,043

Note 9–Employee benefit plans

The components of net periodic benefit (credit) cost are presented below. The service cost component is reflected in staff expense, whereas the remaining components are reflected in other expense.


Net periodic benefit (credit) cost	Quarter ended
	June 30, 2025						March 31, 2025						June 30, 2024
(in millions)	Domestic pension benefits		Foreign pension benefits		Health care benefits		Domestic pension benefits		Foreign pension benefits		Health care benefits		Domestic pension benefits		Foreign pension benefits		Health care benefits
Service cost	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	3	$	—	$	—	$	3	$	—
Interest cost	46		11		1		46		10		1		46		9		1
Expected return on assets	(91)		(20)		(2)		(91)		(19)		(2)		(95)		(19)		(2)
Other	8		(1)		1		8		(1)		1		6		(1)		(2)
Net periodic benefit (credit)	$	(37)	$	(10)	$	—	$	(37)	$	(7)	$	—	$	(43)	$	(8)	$	(3)

72 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


Net periodic benefit (credit) cost	Year-to-date
	June 30, 2025						June 30, 2024
(in millions)	Domestic pension benefits		Foreign pension benefits		Health care benefits		Domestic pension benefits		Foreign pension benefits		Health care benefits
Service cost	$	—	$	3	$	—	$	—	$	6	$	—
Interest cost	92		21		2		91		19		2
Expected return on assets	(182)		(39)		(4)		(190)		(39)		(4)
Other	16		(2)		2		12		(2)		(4)
Net periodic benefit (credit)	$	(74)	$	(17)	$	—	$	(87)	$	(16)	$	(6)

Note 10–Income taxes

BNY recorded an income tax provision of $404 million (22.0% effective tax rate) in the second quarter of 2025, $357 million (23.4% effective tax rate) in the second quarter of 2024 and $300 million (19.7% effective tax rate) in the first quarter of 2025.

Our total tax reserves were $100 million at June 30, 2025 and $109 million at Dec. 31, 2024. If these tax reserves were unnecessary, $100 million would affect the effective tax rate in future periods. We recognize accrued interest and penalties, if applicable, related to income taxes in income tax expense. Included in the balance sheet at June 30, 2025 is accrued interest, where applicable, of $36 million. The additional tax benefit related to interest for the six months ended June 30, 2025 was $4 million, compared with $3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024.

Our federal income tax returns are open to examination from 2017 through 2019 and 2021 and forward. Our New York State and New York City income tax returns are open to examination after 2015. Our UK income tax returns are open to examination after 2020.

On July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (“OBBBA”) was signed into law. The OBBBA makes permanent certain provisions from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and modifies other tax provisions. These provisions have various effective dates. We are currently evaluating the impact of the new legislation but do not expect it to have a material financial statement impact.

Note 11–Variable interest entities

We have variable interests in variable interest entities (“VIEs”), which include investments in retail, institutional and alternative investment funds.

We earn management fees from these funds, as well as performance fees in certain funds, and may also provide start-up capital for new funds. The funds are primarily financed by our customers’ investments in the funds’ equity or debt.

Additionally, we invest in qualified affordable housing and renewable energy projects, which are designed to generate a return primarily through the realization of tax credits. The projects, which are structured as limited partnerships and limited liability companies, are also VIEs, but are not consolidated.

The following table presents the incremental assets and liabilities included on the consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024. The net assets of any consolidated VIE are solely available to settle the liabilities of the VIE and to settle any investors’ ownership liquidation requests, including any seed capital we invested in the VIE.


Consolidated investment management funds
	June 30, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024
(in millions)

Trading assets	$	973		$	846
Other assets	34			45
Total assets (a)	$	1,007		$	891

Other liabilities	$	22		$	5
Total liabilities (b)	$	22		$	5
Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests (c)	$	478		$	359

(a) Includes voting model entities (“VMEs”) with assets of $33 million at June 30, 2025 and $43 million at Dec. 31, 2024.

(b) Includes VMEs with liabilities of less than $1 million at June 30, 2025 and less than $1 million at Dec. 31, 2024.

(c) Includes VMEs with nonredeemable noncontrolling interests of $5 million at June 30, 2025 and $7 million at Dec. 31, 2024.

We have not provided financial or other support that was not otherwise contractually required to be provided to our VIEs. Additionally, creditors of any consolidated VIEs do not have any recourse to the general credit of BNY.

BNY 73


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Non-consolidated VIEs

As of June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, assets and liabilities related to the VIEs where we are not the primary beneficiary were included in other assets and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet and primarily related to accounting for our investments in qualified affordable housing and renewable energy projects.

The maximum loss exposure indicated in the following table relates solely to our investments in, and unfunded commitments to, the VIEs.


Non-consolidated VIEs	June 30, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024
(in millions)
Other assets	$	2,829	$	2,905
Other liabilities	824		951
Maximum loss exposure	3,654		3,856

Note 12–Preferred stock

The Parent has 100 million authorized shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01 per share. The following table summarizes the Parent’s preferred stock issued and outstanding at June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024.


Preferred stock summary (a)		Total shares issued and outstanding		Carrying value (b)
				(in millions)
		June 30, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	June 30, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024
	Per annum dividend rate (c)
Series A	Greater of (i) SOFR plus 0.565% and (ii) 4.000%	5,001	5,001	$	500	$	500
Series F	4.625% to but excluding Sept. 20, 2026, then SOFR plus 3.131%	10,000	10,000	990		990
Series G	4.700% to but excluding Sept. 20, 2025, then a floating rate equal to the five-year treasury rate plus 4.358%	10,000	10,000	990		990
Series H	3.700% to but excluding March 20, 2026, then a floating rate equal to the five-year treasury rate plus 3.352%	5,825	5,825	576		576
Series I	3.750% to but excluding Dec. 20, 2026, then a floating rate equal to the five-year treasury rate plus 2.630%	13,000	13,000	1,287		1,287
Series J	6.300% to but excluding March 20, 2030, then a floating rate equal to the five-year treasury rate plus 2.297%	5,000	—	494		—
Series K	6.150% to but excluding March 20, 2030, then a floating rate equal to the five-year treasury rate plus 2.161%	5,000	—	494		—
Total		53,826	43,826	$	5,331	$	4,343

(a) All outstanding preferred stock is noncumulative perpetual preferred stock with a liquidation preference of $100,000 per share.

(b) The carrying value of the Series F, Series G, Series H, Series I, Series J and Series K preferred stock is recorded net of issuance costs.

(c) References to SOFR are to a floating rate equal to the three-month CME Term SOFR (plus a spread adjustment of 0.26161% per annum).

The table below presents the Parent’s preferred dividends.


Preferred dividends
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)	Depositary shares per share		2Q25				1Q25				2Q24				YTD25				YTD24
			Per share		Total dividend		Per share		Total dividend		Per share		Total dividend		Per share		Total dividend		Per share		Total dividend
Series A	100	(a)	$	1,311.33	$	7	$	1,295.17	$	7	$	1,574.00	$	8	$	2,606.50	$	14	$	3,140.46	$	16
Series F	100		—		—		2,312.50		23		—		—		2,312.50		23		2,312.50		23
Series G	100		—		—		2,350.00		24		—		—		2,350.00		24		2,350.00		24
Series H	100		925.00		5		925.00		5		925.00		5		1,850.00		10		1,850.00		10
Series I	100		937.50		12		937.50		12		937.50		12		1,875.00		24		1,875.00		24

Series K	4,000		1,640.00		8		—		—		N/A		N/A		1,640.00		8		N/A		N/A
Total					$	32			$	71			$	25			$	103			$	97

(a) Represents Normal Preferred Capital Securities.

N/A - Not applicable.

74 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

In March 2025, the Parent issued 500,000 depositary shares, each representing a 1/100th interest in a share of the Parent’s Series J Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock. Holders of the Series J preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends, if declared by the Parent’s Board of Directors, on March 20 and September 20 of each year, commencing September 20, 2025. The Parent also issued 20,000,000 depositary shares, each representing a 1/4,000th interest in a share of the Parent’s Series K Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock. Holders of the Series K preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends, if declared by the Parent’s Board of Directors, on March 20, June 20, September 20 and December 20 of each year, commencing June 20, 2025.

All of the outstanding shares of the Series J and Series K preferred stock are held by the depositary of the depositary shares, which will pass through the applicable portion of any dividend on the Series J and Series K stock to the holders of record of their respective depositary shares.

All of the outstanding shares of the Series A preferred stock are owned by Mellon Capital IV, a 100% owned finance subsidiary of the Parent, which will

pass through any dividend on the Series A preferred stock to the holders of its Normal Preferred Capital Securities. The Parent’s obligations under the trust and other agreements relating to Mellon Capital IV have the effect of providing a full and unconditional guarantee, on a subordinated basis, of payments due on the Normal Preferred Capital Securities. No other subsidiary of the Parent guarantees the securities of Mellon Capital IV.

The Series J and Series K preferred stock are not subject to the operation of a sinking fund and are not convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of our common stock or any other class or series of our other securities. We may, at our option, redeem the shares of the Series J or Series K preferred stock on any dividend payment date, in whole or in part, on or after the dividend payment date in March 2030. The Series J or Series K preferred stock can be redeemed, in whole but not in part, at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event. Redemption of the preferred stock is subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve.

For additional information on our preferred stock, see Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2024 Annual Report.

BNY 75


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Note 13–Other comprehensive income (loss)


Components of other comprehensive income (loss)	Quarter ended
	June 30, 2025						March 31, 2025						June 30, 2024
(in millions)	Pre-tax amount		Tax (expense) benefit		After-tax amount		Pre-tax amount		Tax (expense) benefit		After-tax amount		Pre-tax amount		Tax (expense) benefit		After-tax amount
Foreign currency translation:
Foreign currency translation adjustments arising during the period (a)	$	272	$	159	$	431	$	118	$	89	$	207	$	(9)	$	(21)	$	(30)
Total foreign currency translation	272		159		431		118		89		207		(9)		(21)		(30)
Unrealized gain (loss) on assets available-for-sale:
Unrealized gain (loss) arising during period	153		(39)		114		440		(107)		333		(13)		2		(11)
Reclassification adjustment (b)	35		(10)		25		—		—		—		17		(4)		13
Net unrealized gain on assets available-for-sale	188		(49)		139		440		(107)		333		4		(2)		2
Defined benefit plans:
Net (loss) arising during the period	—		—		—		(7)		2		(5)		—		—		—

Amortization of prior service credit, net loss and initial obligation included in net periodic benefit cost (b)	7		(1)		6		8		(2)		6		4		(1)		3
Total defined benefit plans	7		(1)		6		1		—		1		4		(1)		3
Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges:
Unrealized hedge (loss) gain arising during period	(7)		2		(5)		1		—		1		3		(1)		2
Reclassification of net (gain) loss to net income:
Foreign exchange (“FX”) contracts – staff expense	—		—		—		4		(1)		3		(2)		1		(1)
FX contracts – investment and other revenue	1		—		1		(1)		—		(1)		—		—		—


Total reclassifications to net income	1		—		1		3		(1)		2		(2)		1		(1)
Net unrealized (loss) gain on cash flow hedges	(6)		2		(4)		4		(1)		3		1		—		1
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	$	461	$	111	$	572	$	563	$	(19)	$	544	$	—	$	(24)	$	(24)

(a) Includes the impact of hedges of net investments in foreign subsidiaries. See Note 16 for additional information.

(b) The reclassification adjustment related to the unrealized gain (loss) on assets available-for-sale is recorded as net securities gains (losses), which is included in investment and other revenue on the consolidated income statement. The amortization of prior service credit, net loss and initial obligation included in net periodic benefit cost is recorded as other expense on the consolidated income statement.


Components of other comprehensive income (loss)	Year-to-date
	June 30, 2025						June 30, 2024
(in millions)	Pre-tax amount		Tax (expense) benefit		After-tax amount		Pre-tax amount		Tax (expense) benefit		After-tax amount
Foreign currency translation:
Foreign currency translation adjustments arising during the period (a)	$	390	$	248	$	638	$	(53)	$	(68)	$	(121)
Total foreign currency translation	390		248		638		(53)		(68)		(121)
Unrealized gain on assets available-for-sale:
Unrealized gain arising during period	593		(146)		447		124		(32)		92
Reclassification adjustment (b)	35		(10)		25		18		(4)		14
Net unrealized gain on assets available-for-sale	628		(156)		472		142		(36)		106
Defined benefit plans:
Net (loss) arising during the period	(7)		2		(5)		—		—		—
Amortization of prior service credit, net loss and initial obligation included in net periodic benefit cost (b)	15		(3)		12		7		(1)		6
Total defined benefit plans	8		(1)		7		7		(1)		6
Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges:
Unrealized hedge (loss) gain arising during period	(6)		2		(4)		7		(2)		5
Reclassification of net loss (gain) to net income:

FX contracts – staff expense	4		(1)		3		(4)		1		(3)


Total reclassifications to net income	4		(1)		3		(4)		1		(3)
Net unrealized (loss) gain on cash flow hedges	(2)		1		(1)		3		(1)		2
Total other comprehensive income	$	1,024	$	92	$	1,116	$	99	$	(106)	$	(7)

(a) Includes the impact of hedges of net investments in foreign subsidiaries. See Note 16 for additional information.

(b) The reclassification adjustment related to the unrealized gain (loss) on assets available-for-sale is recorded as net securities gains, which is included in investment and other revenue on the consolidated income statement. The amortization of prior service credit, net loss and initial obligation included in net periodic benefit cost is recorded as other expense on the consolidated income statement.

76 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation shareholders
										Unrealized gain (loss) on assets available-for-sale (a)			Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges			Total accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
(in millions)	Foreign currency translation			Pensions			Other post-retirement benefits
Quarter ended June 30, 2025
Balance, beginning of period		$	(1,827)		$	(1,337)		$	(42)		$	(907)		$	(2)		$	(4,115)
Net change		425			5			1			139			(4)			566
Balance, end of period		$	(1,402)		$	(1,332)		$	(41)		$	(768)		$	(6)		$	(3,549)

Quarter ended March 31, 2025
Balance, beginning of period		$	(2,031)		$	(1,344)		$	(36)		$	(1,240)		$	(5)		$	(4,656)
Net change		204			7			(6)			333			3			541
Balance, end of period		$	(1,827)		$	(1,337)		$	(42)		$	(907)		$	(2)		$	(4,115)

Quarter ended June 30, 2024
Balance, beginning of period		$	(1,933)		$	(1,339)		$	(41)		$	(1,565)		$	2		$	(4,876)
Net change		(30)			4			(1)			2			1			(24)
Balance, end of period		$	(1,963)		$	(1,335)		$	(42)		$	(1,563)		$	3		$	(4,900)

Six months ended June 30, 2025
Balance, beginning of period		$	(2,031)		$	(1,344)		$	(36)		$	(1,240)		$	(5)		$	(4,656)
Net change		629			12			(5)			472			(1)			1,107
Balance, end of period		$	(1,402)		$	(1,332)		$	(41)		$	(768)		$	(6)		$	(3,549)

Six months ended June 30, 2024
Balance, beginning of period		$	(1,842)		$	(1,343)		$	(40)		$	(1,669)		$	1		$	(4,893)
Net change		(121)			8			(2)			106			2			(7)
Balance, end of period		$	(1,963)		$	(1,335)		$	(42)		$	(1,563)		$	3		$	(4,900)

(a) Held-to-maturity securities transferred from available-for-sale securities are initially recorded at fair value as of the date of transfer. On an after-tax basis, accumulated OCI (loss) includes $(7) million at June 30, 2025, $(5) million at March 31, 2025 and $29 million at June 30, 2024 associated with available-for-sale securities that were transferred to held-to-maturity securities inclusive of hedges. These amounts are subsequently amortized into earnings over the same period as the related unamortized premiums and discounts.

Note 14–Fair value measurement

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements is utilized based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. BNY’s own creditworthiness is considered when valuing liabilities. See Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2024 Annual Report for

information on how we determine fair value and the fair value hierarchy.

The following tables present the financial instruments carried at fair value at June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, by caption on the consolidated balance sheet and by the three-level valuation hierarchy. We have included credit ratings information in certain of the tables because the information indicates the degree of credit risk to which we are exposed, and significant changes in ratings classifications could result in increased risk for us.

BNY 77


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at June 30, 2025												Total carrying value
(dollars in millions)	Level 1			Level 2			Level 3			Netting (a)
Assets:
Available-for-sale securities:
Non-U.S. government (b)	$	6,586		$	21,628		$	—		$	—	$	28,214
Agency RMBS	—			22,347			—			—		22,347
U.S. Treasury	21,119			—			—			—		21,119
Foreign covered bonds	—			7,703			—			—		7,703
Agency commercial MBS	—			6,994			—			—		6,994
CLOs	—			6,166			—			—		6,166
Non-agency commercial MBS	—			2,369			—			—		2,369
U.S. government agencies	—			1,906			—			—		1,906
Non-agency RMBS	—			1,427			—			—		1,427
Other ABS	—			426			—			—		426

Total available-for-sale securities	27,705			70,966			—			—		98,671
Trading assets:
Debt instruments	1,546			2,967			—			—		4,513
Equity instruments	6,026			—			—			—		6,026
Derivative assets not designated as hedging:
Interest rate	5			805			—			—		810
Foreign exchange	—			8,104			—			—		8,104
Equity and other contracts	—			11			—			—		11
Netting agreements										(6,854)		(6,854)
Total derivative assets not designated as hedging	5			8,920			—			(6,854)		2,071
Total trading assets	7,577			11,887			—			(6,854)		12,610
Other assets:
Derivative assets designated as hedging:
Interest rate	—			284			—			—		284
Foreign exchange	—			13			—			—		13
Total derivative assets designated as hedging	—			297			—			—		297
Other assets (c)	588			713			—			—		1,301
Total other assets	588			1,010			—			—		1,598
Assets measured at NAV (c)												155
Total assets	$	35,870		$	83,863		$	—		$	(6,854)	$	113,034
Percentage of total assets prior to netting	30		%	70		%	—		%




Liabilities:
Trading liabilities:
Debt instruments	$	2,963		$	30		$	—		$	—	$	2,993
Equity instruments	134			—			—			—		134
Derivative liabilities not designated as hedging:
Interest rate	4			1,060			—			—		1,064
Foreign exchange	—			8,198			—			—		8,198
Equity and other contracts	4			232			—			—		236
Netting agreements										(6,491)		(6,491)
Total derivative liabilities not designated as hedging	8			9,490			—			(6,491)		3,007
Total trading liabilities	3,105			9,520			—			(6,491)		6,134
Other liabilities:
Derivative liabilities designated as hedging:

Foreign exchange	—			705			—			—		705
Total derivative liabilities designated as hedging	—			705			—			—		705
Other liabilities	458			22			—			—		480
Total other liabilities	458			727			—			—		1,185
Total liabilities	$	3,563		$	10,247		$	—		$	(6,491)	$	7,319
Percentage of total liabilities prior to netting	26		%	74		%	—		%

(a) ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, permits the netting of derivative receivables and derivative payables under legally enforceable master netting agreements and permits the netting of cash collateral. Netting is applicable to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments included in trading assets or trading liabilities and derivatives designated as hedging instruments included in other assets or other liabilities. Netting is allocated to the derivative products based on the net fair value of each product.

(b) Includes supranational securities.

78 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at Dec. 31, 2024												Total carrying value
(dollars in millions)	Level 1			Level 2			Level 3			Netting (a)
Assets:
Available-for-sale securities:
Non-U.S. government (b)	$	4,780		$	19,967		$	—		$	—	$	24,747
Agency RMBS	—			19,900			—			—		19,900
U.S. Treasury	16,403			—			—			—		16,403
Agency commercial MBS	—			7,225			—			—		7,225
Foreign covered bonds	—			7,068			—			—		7,068
CLOs	—			5,819			—			—		5,819
Non-agency commercial MBS	—			2,487			—			—		2,487
U.S. government agencies	—			2,289			—			—		2,289
Non-agency RMBS	—			1,478			—			—		1,478
Other ABS	—			615			—			—		615

Total available-for-sale securities	21,183			66,848			—			—		88,031
Trading assets:
Debt instruments	2,268			3,007			—			—		5,275
Equity instruments	5,781			—			—			—		5,781
Derivative assets not designated as hedging:
Interest rate	2			833			—			—		835
Foreign exchange	—			10,559			—			—		10,559
Equity and other contracts	6			137			—			—		143
Netting agreements										(8,612)		(8,612)
Total derivative assets not designated as hedging	8			11,529			—			(8,612)		2,925
Total trading assets	8,057			14,536			—			(8,612)		13,981
Other assets:
Derivative assets designated as hedging:
Interest rate	—			326			—			—		326
Foreign exchange	—			455			—			—		455
Total derivative assets designated as hedging	—			781			—			—		781
Other assets (c)	532			686			—			—		1,218
Total other assets	532			1,467			—			—		1,999
Assets measured at NAV (c)												152
Total assets	$	29,772		$	82,851		$	—		$	(8,612)	$	104,163
Percentage of total assets prior to netting	26		%	74		%	—		%




Liabilities:
Trading liabilities:
Debt instruments	$	1,931		$	18		$	—		$	—	$	1,949
Equity instruments	52			—			—			—		52
Derivative liabilities not designated as hedging:
Interest rate	9			1,201			—			—		1,210
Foreign exchange	—			10,636			—			—		10,636
Equity and other contracts	—			51			—			—		51
Netting agreements										(9,033)		(9,033)
Total derivative liabilities not designated as hedging	9			11,888			—			(9,033)		2,864
Total trading liabilities	1,992			11,906			—			(9,033)		4,865
Other liabilities:
Derivative liabilities designated as hedging:

Foreign exchange	—			12			—			—		12
Total derivative liabilities designated as hedging	—			12			—			—		12
Other liabilities	400			10			—			—		410
Total other liabilities	400			22			—			—		422
Total liabilities	$	2,392		$	11,928		$	—		$	(9,033)	$	5,287
Percentage of total liabilities prior to netting	17		%	83		%	—		%

(b) Includes supranational securities.

BNY 79


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


Details of certain available-for-sale securities measured at fair value on a recurring basis	June 30, 2025													Dec. 31, 2024
	Total carrying value (b)			Ratings (a)											Total carrying value (b)			Ratings (a)
			AAA/ AA-	A+/ A-		BBB+/ BBB-		BB+ and lower		Not rated				AAA/ AA-			A+/ A-	BBB+/ BBB-		BB+ and lower		Not rated
(dollars in millions)
Non-agency RMBS, originated in:
2008-2025	$	1,421		100	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%		$	1,453		98	%	2	%	—	%	—	%	—	%
2007 and earlier	6			—		100		—		—		—			25			—		100		—		—		—
Total non-agency RMBS	$	1,427		100	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%		$	1,478		98	%	2	%	—	%	—	%	—	%
Non-agency commercial MBS originated in:
2009-2025	$	2,369		100	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%		$	2,487		100	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%
Foreign covered bonds:
Canada	$	2,102		100	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%		$	2,113		100	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%
UK	966			100		—		—		—		—			911			100		—		—		—		—
Germany	700			100		—		—		—		—			598			100		—		—		—		—
Australia	656			100		—		—		—		—			574			100		—		—		—		—
Singapore	610			100		—		—		—		—			554			100		—		—		—		—
Netherlands	533			100		—		—		—		—			465			100		—		—		—		—
Other	2,136			100		—		—		—		—			1,853			100		—		—		—		—
Total foreign covered bonds	$	7,703		100	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%		$	7,068		100	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%
Non-U.S. government:
UK	$	4,279		100	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%		$	3,383		100	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%
France	2,363			100		—		—		—		—			1,732			100		—		—		—		—
Germany	2,139			100		—		—		—		—			2,308			100		—		—		—		—
Canada	1,678			89		11		—		—		—			1,463			100		—		—		—		—
Netherlands	1,391			100		—		—		—		—			705			100		—		—		—		—
Austria	687			100		—		—		—		—			388			100		—		—		—		—
Finland	660			100		—		—		—		—			527			100		—		—		—		—
Spain	615			—		6		94		—		—			617			—		2		98		—		—
Japan	501			—		100		—		—		—			377			—		100		—		—		—
Belgium	365			100		—		—		—		—			728			100		—		—		—		—
Other (c)	1,541			60		28		4		8		—			1,536			68		19		4		9		—
Supranational	11,995			100		—		—		—		—			10,983			100		—		—		—		—
Total non-U.S. government	$	28,214		93	%	4	%	2	%	1	%	—	%		$	24,747		94	%	3	%	3	%	—	%	—	%

(a) Represents ratings by S&P or the equivalent.

(b) At June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, non-U.S. government securities were included in Level 1 and Level 2 in the valuation hierarchy. All other assets in the table are Level 2 assets in the valuation hierarchy.

(c) Includes non-investment grade non-U.S. government securities related to Brazil of $122 million at June 30, 2025 and $135 million at Dec. 31, 2024.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

Under certain circumstances, we make adjustments to the fair value of our assets, liabilities and unfunded lending-related commitments, although they are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis. The following table presents the carrying value as of June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024 of financial instruments for which nonrecurring adjustments to fair value have been recorded during 2025 and/or 2024 and all non-readily marketable equity securities carried at cost with upward or downward adjustments by balance sheet caption and level in the fair value hierarchy.


Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis	June 30, 2025								Dec. 31, 2024
							Total carrying value									Total carrying value
(in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3					Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Loans (a)	$	—	$	22	$	—	$	22		$	—	$	25	$	—	$	25
Other assets (b)	—		466		—		466			—		414		—		414
Total assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis	$	—	$	488	$	—	$	488		$	—	$	439	$	—	$	439

(a) The fair value of these loans was unchanged in the second quarter of 2025 and decreased less than $1 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, as required by guidance in ASC 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, with an offset to the allowance for credit losses.

(b) Includes non-readily marketable equity securities carried at cost with upward or downward adjustments and other assets received in satisfaction of debt.

80 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Estimated fair value of financial instruments

The following tables present the estimated fair value and the carrying amount of financial instruments not carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, by caption on the consolidated balance sheet and by the valuation hierarchy.


Summary of financial instruments	June 30, 2025
(in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total estimated fair value		Carrying amount
Assets:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks	$	—	$	135,602	$	—	$	135,602	$	135,602
Interest-bearing deposits with banks	—		12,075		—		12,075		12,069
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements	—		45,547		—		45,547		45,547
Securities held-to-maturity	10,987		33,975		—		44,962		48,397
Loans (a)	—		71,431		—		71,431		72,667
Other financial assets	5,699		2,391		—		8,090		8,090
Total	$	16,686	$	301,021	$	—	$	317,707	$	322,372
Liabilities:
Noninterest-bearing deposits	$	—	$	67,724	$	—	$	67,724	$	67,724
Interest-bearing deposits	—		273,925		—		273,925		278,669
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements	—		15,492		—		15,492		15,492
Payables to customers and broker-dealers	—		21,273		—		21,273		21,273
Commercial paper	—		2,361		—		2,361		2,361
Borrowings	—		1,098		—		1,098		1,098
Long-term debt	—		33,472		—		33,472		33,429
Total	$	—	$	415,345	$	—	$	415,345	$	420,046

(a) Does not include the leasing portfolio.


Summary of financial instruments	Dec. 31, 2024
(in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total estimated fair value		Carrying amount
Assets:
Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks	$	—	$	89,546	$	—	$	89,546	$	89,546
Interest-bearing deposits with banks	—		9,617		—		9,617		9,612
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements	—		41,146		—		41,146		41,146
Securities held-to-maturity	10,016		34,004		—		44,020		48,596
Loans (a)	—		69,738		—		69,738		70,673
Other financial assets	4,178		2,271		—		6,449		6,449
Total	$	14,194	$	246,322	$	—	$	260,516	$	266,022
Liabilities:
Noninterest-bearing deposits	$	—	$	58,267	$	—	$	58,267	$	58,267
Interest-bearing deposits	—		226,799		—		226,799		231,257
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements	—		14,064		—		14,064		14,064
Payables to customers and broker-dealers	—		20,073		—		20,073		20,073
Commercial paper	—		301		—		301		301
Borrowings	—		941		—		941		941
Long-term debt	—		30,351		—		30,351		30,854
Total	$	—	$	350,796	$	—	$	350,796	$	355,757

(a) Does not include the leasing portfolio.

BNY 81


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Note 15–Fair value option

We elected fair value as an alternative measurement for selected financial assets and liabilities that are not otherwise required to be measured at fair value, including the assets and liabilities of consolidated investment management funds and subordinated notes associated with certain equity investments.

The following table presents the assets and liabilities of consolidated investment management funds, at fair value.


Assets and liabilities of consolidated investment management funds, at fair value
	June 30, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024
(in millions)
Assets of consolidated investment management funds:
Trading assets	$	973	$	846
Other assets	34		45
Total assets of consolidated investment management funds	$	1,007	$	891
Liabilities of consolidated investment management funds:

Other liabilities	$	22	$	5
Total liabilities of consolidated investment management funds	$	22	$	5

The assets and liabilities of the consolidated investment management funds are included in other assets and other liabilities, respectively, on the consolidated balance sheet. We value the assets and liabilities of consolidated investment management funds using quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets or observable inputs such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities. Quoted prices for either identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets may also be used. Accordingly, fair value best reflects the interests BNY holds in the economic performance of the consolidated investment management funds. Changes in the fair value of the assets and liabilities are recorded as income (loss) from consolidated investment management funds, which is included in investment and other revenue on the consolidated income statement.

We elected the fair value option on subordinated notes associated with certain equity investments. The fair value of these subordinated notes was $17 million at June 30, 2025 and $26 million at Dec. 31, 2024, and are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet. The subordinated notes were valued

using observable market inputs and included in Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

Note 16–Derivative instruments

We use derivatives to manage exposure to market risk, including interest rate risk, equity price risk and foreign currency risk, as well as credit risk. Our trading activities are focused on acting as a market-maker for our customers and facilitating customer trades in compliance with the Volcker Rule.

The notional amounts for derivative financial instruments express the dollar volume of the transactions; however, credit risk is much smaller. We perform credit reviews and enter into netting agreements and collateral arrangements to minimize the credit risk of derivative financial instruments. We enter into offsetting positions to reduce exposure to foreign currency, interest rate and equity price risk.

Use of derivative financial instruments involves reliance on counterparties. Failure of a counterparty to honor its obligation under a derivative contract is a risk we assume whenever we engage in a derivative contract. There were no counterparty default losses recorded in the second quarter of 2025.

Hedging derivatives

We utilize interest rate swap agreements, including forward starting swaps, to manage our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. We enter into fair value hedges as an interest rate risk management strategy to reduce fair value variability by converting certain fixed rate interest payments associated with available-for-sale securities, loans and long-term debt to floating interest rates. We also utilize interest rate swaps and forward exchange contracts as cash flow hedges to manage our exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange rate changes. In designating interest rate swaps as hedges, we utilize both partial-term and full-term hedge strategies. In addition, the Company utilizes portfolio layer method hedge strategies to manage interest rate risk of certain closed portfolios of fixed rate securities and loans. Throughout the period of a portfolio layer method hedge, basis adjustments are maintained at the portfolio level and are only allocated to individual assets at the time in which the hedge is voluntarily de-designated.

82 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The available-for-sale securities hedged consist of U.S. Treasury, U.S. government agency, agency and non-agency commercial MBS, agency and non-agency RMBS, non-U.S. government and foreign covered bonds. At June 30, 2025, $34.5 billion designated par value of available-for-sale securities were hedged with interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges that had notional values of $34.2 billion.

At June 30, 2025, $1.4 billion of interest rate swaps were designated as portfolio layer method fair value hedges of loans against a closed portfolio of fixed rate loans of $3.1 billion, essentially converting $1.4 billion of fixed rate loans to floating rates.

The fixed rate long-term debt instruments hedged generally have original maturities of five to 30 years. In fair value hedging relationships, fixed rate debt is hedged with “receive fixed rate, pay variable rate” swaps. At June 30, 2025, $30.9 billion par value of debt was hedged with interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges that had notional values of $30.9 billion.

In addition, we utilize forward foreign exchange contracts as hedges to mitigate foreign exchange exposures. We use forward foreign exchange contracts as cash flow hedges to convert certain forecasted non-U.S. dollar revenue and expenses into

U.S. dollars. We use forward foreign exchange contracts with maturities of 15 months or less as cash flow hedges to hedge our foreign exchange exposure to currencies such as the Indian rupee, euro, Polish zloty, British pound, Singapore dollar and Hong Kong dollar used in revenue and expense transactions for entities that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. As of June 30, 2025, the hedged forecasted foreign currency transactions and designated forward foreign exchange contract hedges were $818 million (notional), with a net pre-tax loss of $6 million recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (“OCI”). Over the next 12 months, a loss of $5 million will be reclassified into earnings.

Forward foreign exchange contracts are also used to hedge the value of our net investments in foreign subsidiaries. These forward foreign exchange contracts have maturities of less than one year. The derivatives employed are designated as hedges of changes in the value of our foreign investments due to exchange rates. The change in fair market value of these forward foreign exchange contracts is reported within foreign currency translation adjustments in shareholders’ equity, net of tax. At June 30, 2025, forward foreign exchange contracts with notional amounts totaling $10.6 billion were designated as net investment hedges.

The following table presents the pre-tax gains (losses) related to our fair value and cash flow hedging activities recognized in the consolidated income statement.


Income statement impact of fair value and cash flow hedges
(in millions)	Location of gains (losses)	2Q25		1Q25		2Q24		YTD25		YTD24
Interest rate fair value hedges of available-for-sale securities
Derivative	Interest income	$	(249)	$	(398)	$	79	$	(647)	$	528
Hedged item	Interest income	249		398		(77)		647		(526)
Interest rate fair value hedges of long-term debt
Derivative	Interest expense	275		411		13		686		(208)
Hedged item	Interest expense	(275)		(411)		(13)		(686)		208
Interest rate fair value hedges of loans
Derivative	Interest income	2		(11)		(14)		(9)		(15)
Hedged item	Interest income	(2)		11		14		9		15





Cash flow hedges of forecasted FX exposures


(Loss) gain reclassified from OCI into income	Staff expense	—		(4)		2		(4)		4
(Loss) gain reclassified from OCI into income	Investment and other revenue	(1)		1		—		—		—
(Loss) gain recognized in the consolidated income statement due to fair value and cash flow hedging relationships		$	(1)	$	(3)	$	4	$	(4)	$	6

BNY 83


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following table presents the impact of hedging derivatives used in net investment hedging relationships.


Impact of derivative instruments used in net investment hedging relationships
(in millions)
Derivatives in net investment hedging relationships	Gain or (loss) recognized in accumulated OCI on derivatives										Location of gain or (loss) reclassified from accumulated OCI into income	Gain or (loss) reclassified from accumulated OCI into income
Derivatives in net investment hedging relationships	2Q25		1Q25		2Q24		YTD25		YTD24			2Q25		1Q25		2Q24		YTD25		YTD24
FX contracts	$	(735)	$	(376)	$	87	$	(1,111)	$	285	Investment and other revenue	$	—	$	21	$	—	$	21	$	—

The following table presents information on the hedged items in fair value hedging relationships.


Hedged items in fair value hedging relationships	Carrying amount of hedged asset or liability				Hedge accounting basis adjustment increase (decrease) (a)
	Carrying amount of hedged asset or liability				Hedge accounting basis adjustment increase (decrease) (a)

(in millions)	June 30, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024		June 30, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024
Available-for-sale securities (b)	$	41,495	$	40,751	$	(901)	$	(1,650)
Loans (c)	$	3,060	$	3,162	$	2	$	(7)
Long-term debt	$	30,499	$	27,458	$	(348)	$	(1,042)

(a) Includes $442 million and $474 million of basis adjustment decreases on discontinued hedges associated with available-for-sale securities at June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, respectively, and $3 million of basis adjustment increases and $5 million of basis adjustment decreases on discontinued hedges associated with long-term debt at June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, respectively.

(b) At June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, the amortized cost of the available-for-sale securities included in closed portfolios subject to portfolio layer method hedging was $14.4 billion and $12.1 billion, respectively, of which the notional amount hedged was $6.4 billion and $6.2 billion, respectively. The cumulative basis adjustments for active hedging relationships associated with such hedges as of June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024 were an increase of $59 million and a decrease of $92 million, respectively.

(c) At June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, loans included in closed portfolios subject to portfolio layer method hedging were $3.1 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively, of which $1.4 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively, was designated as hedged.

The following table summarizes the notional amount and carrying values of our total derivatives portfolio.


Impact of derivative instruments on the balance sheet	Notional value				Asset derivatives fair value				Liability derivatives fair value
	June 30, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024		June 30, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024		June 30, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024
(in millions)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: (a)(b)
Interest rate contracts	$	66,475	$	66,805	$	284	$	326	$	—	$	—
Foreign exchange contracts	11,451		12,048		13		455		705		12
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments					$	297	$	781	$	705	$	12
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: (b)(c)
Interest rate contracts	$	190,685	$	169,523	$	810	$	835	$	1,064	$	1,210
Foreign exchange contracts	1,067,320		919,690		8,104		10,559		8,198		10,636
Equity contracts	5,513		5,321		11		143		224		34
Credit contracts	334		324		—		—		12		17
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments					$	8,925	$	11,537	$	9,498	$	11,897
Total derivatives fair value (d)					$	9,222	$	12,318	$	10,203	$	11,909
Effect of master netting agreements (e)					(6,854)		(8,612)		(6,491)		(9,033)
Fair value after effect of master netting agreements					$	2,368	$	3,706	$	3,712	$	2,876

(a) The fair value of asset derivatives and liability derivatives designated as hedging instruments is recorded as other assets and other liabilities, respectively, on the consolidated balance sheet.

(b) For settled-to-market derivatives at clearing organizations, cash collateral exchanged is deemed a settlement of the derivative on a daily basis. The gross fair value of derivative assets and liabilities has been reduced by these cash settlements.

(c) The fair value of asset derivatives and liability derivatives not designated as hedging instruments is recorded as trading assets and trading liabilities, respectively, on the consolidated balance sheet.

(d) Fair values are on a gross basis, before consideration of master netting agreements, as required by ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging.

(e) Effect of master netting agreements includes cash collateral received and paid of $1,862 million and $1,499 million, respectively, at June 30, 2025, and $1,953 million and $2,374 million, respectively, at Dec. 31, 2024.

84 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Trading activities (including trading derivatives)

Our trading activities are focused on acting as a market-maker for our customers, facilitating customer trades and risk-mitigating economic hedging in compliance with the Volcker Rule. The change in the fair value of the derivatives utilized in our trading activities is recorded in foreign exchange revenue and investment and other revenue on the consolidated income statement.

The following table presents our foreign exchange revenue and other trading revenue.


Foreign exchange revenue and other trading revenue
(in millions)	2Q25		1Q25		2Q24		YTD25		YTD24
Foreign exchange revenue	$	213	$	156	$	184	$	369	$	336
Other trading revenue	59		71		77		130		146

Foreign exchange revenue includes income from purchasing and selling foreign currencies, currency forwards, futures and options as well as foreign currency remeasurement. Other trading revenue reflects results from trading in cash instruments, including fixed income and equity securities, and trading and economic hedging activity with non-foreign exchange derivatives.

We also use derivative financial instruments as risk-mitigating economic hedges, which are not formally designated as accounting hedges. This includes hedging the foreign currency, interest rate or market risks inherent in some of our balance sheet exposures, such as seed capital investments and deposits, as well as certain investment management fee revenue streams. We also use total return swaps to economically hedge obligations arising from the Company’s deferred compensation plan whereby the participants defer compensation and earn a return linked to the performance of investments they select. The gains or losses on these total return swaps are recorded in staff expense on the consolidated income statement. We recorded a gain of $15 million in the second quarter of 2025, a loss of $8 million in the first quarter of 2025, a gain of $7 million in the first six months of 2025 and a gain of $11 million in the first six months of 2024. There was no impact in the second quarter of 2024.

We manage trading risk through a system of position limits, a value-at-risk (“VaR”) methodology based on historical simulation and other market sensitivity measures. Risk is monitored and reported to senior management by a separate unit, independent from trading, on a daily basis. Based on certain assumptions, the VaR methodology is designed to capture the potential overnight pre-tax dollar loss from adverse changes in fair values of all trading positions. The calculation assumes a one-day holding period, utilizes a 99% confidence level and incorporates non-linear product characteristics. The VaR model is one of several statistical models used to develop economic capital results, which are allocated to lines of business for computing risk-adjusted performance.

VaR methodology does not evaluate risk attributable to extraordinary financial, economic or other occurrences. As a result, the risk assessment process includes a number of stress scenarios based upon the risk factors in the portfolio and management’s assessment of market conditions. Additional stress scenarios based upon historical market events are also performed. Stress tests may incorporate the impact of reduced market liquidity and the breakdown of historically observed correlations and extreme scenarios. VaR and other statistical measures, stress testing and sensitivity analysis are incorporated into other risk management materials.

Counterparty credit risk and collateral

We assess the credit risk of our counterparties through regular examination of their financial statements, confidential communication with the management of those counterparties and regular monitoring of publicly available credit rating information. This and other information are used to develop proprietary credit rating metrics used to assess credit quality.

Collateral requirements are determined after a comprehensive review of the credit quality of each counterparty. Collateral is generally held or pledged in the form of cash and/or highly liquid government securities. Collateral requirements are monitored and adjusted daily.

Additional disclosures concerning derivative financial instruments are provided in Note 14.

BNY 85


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Disclosure of contingent features in over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative instruments

Certain OTC derivative contracts and/or collateral agreements contain credit risk-contingent features triggered upon a rating downgrade in which the counterparty has the right to request additional collateral or the right to terminate the contracts in a net liability position.

The following table shows the aggregate fair value of OTC derivative contracts in net liability positions that contained credit risk-contingent features and the value of collateral that has been posted.


	June 30, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024
(in millions)
Aggregate fair value of OTC derivatives in net liability positions (a)	$	835	$	2,163
Collateral posted	$	1,170	$	1,940

(a) Before consideration of cash collateral.

The aggregate fair value of OTC derivative contracts containing credit risk-contingent features can fluctuate from quarter to quarter due to changes in market conditions, composition of counterparty trades, new business or changes to the contingent features.

The Bank of New York Mellon, our largest banking subsidiary, enters into the substantial majority of our OTC derivative contracts and/or collateral agreements. As such, the contingent features may be triggered if The Bank of New York Mellon’s long-term issuer rating were downgraded.

The following table shows the fair value of contracts falling under early termination provisions that were in net liability positions for three key ratings triggers.


Potential close-out exposures (fair value) (a)
	June 30, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024
(in millions)
If The Bank of New York Mellon’s rating changed to: (b)
A3/A-	$	79	$	40
Baa2/BBB	$	560	$	646
Ba1/BB+	$	1,628	$	2,710

(a) The amounts represent potential total close-out values if The Bank of New York Mellon’s long-term issuer rating were to immediately drop to the indicated levels, and do not reflect collateral posted.

(b) Represents ratings by Moody’s/S&P.

If The Bank of New York Mellon’s debt rating had fallen below investment grade on June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, existing collateral arrangements would have required us to post additional collateral of $21 million and $351 million, respectively.

Offsetting assets and liabilities

The following tables present derivative instruments and financial instruments and their related offsets. There were no derivative instruments or financial instruments subject to a legally enforceable netting agreement for which we are not currently netting.


Offsetting of derivative assets and financial assets at June 30, 2025
	Gross assets recognized		Gross amounts offset in the balance sheet			Net assets recognized in the balance sheet		Gross amounts not offset in the balance sheet
(in millions)					(a)			Financial instruments		Cash collateral received		Net amount
Derivatives subject to netting arrangements:
Interest rate contracts	$	918	$	721		$	197	$	45	$	—	$	152
Foreign exchange contracts	7,417		6,121			1,296		89		—		1,207
Equity and other contracts	12		12			—		—		—		—
Total derivatives subject to netting arrangements	8,347		6,854			1,493		134		—		1,359
Total derivatives not subject to netting arrangements	875		—			875		—		—		875
Total derivatives	9,222		6,854			2,368		134		—		2,234
Reverse repurchase agreements	304,684		276,662		(b)	28,022		27,997		2		23
Securities borrowing	20,346		2,821			17,525		16,803		—		722
Total	$	334,252	$	286,337		$	47,915	$	44,934	$	2	$	2,979

(a) Includes the effect of netting agreements and net cash collateral received. The offset related to the OTC derivatives was allocated to the various types of derivatives based on the net positions.

(b) Offsetting of reverse repurchase agreements relates to our involvement in the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (“FICC”), where we settle government securities transactions on a net basis for payment and delivery through the Fedwire system.

86 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


Offsetting of derivative assets and financial assets at Dec. 31, 2024
	Gross assets recognized		Gross amounts offset in the balance sheet			Net assets recognized in the balance sheet		Gross amounts not offset in the balance sheet
(in millions)					(a)			Financial instruments		Cash collateral received		Net amount
Derivatives subject to netting arrangements:
Interest rate contracts	$	1,032	$	835		$	197	$	46	$	—	$	151
Foreign exchange contracts	10,210		7,698			2,512		132		—		2,380
Equity and other contracts	131		79			52		—		—		52
Total derivatives subject to netting arrangements	11,373		8,612			2,761		178		—		2,583
Total derivatives not subject to netting arrangements	945		—			945		—		—		945
Total derivatives	12,318		8,612			3,706		178		—		3,528
Reverse repurchase agreements	252,941		228,386		(b)	24,555		24,523		1		31
Securities borrowing	18,144		1,553			16,591		15,777		—		814
Total	$	283,403	$	238,551		$	44,852	$	40,478	$	1	$	4,373

(a) Includes the effect of netting agreements and net cash collateral received. The offset related to the OTC derivatives was allocated to the various types of derivatives based on the net positions.

(b) Offsetting of reverse repurchase agreements relates to our involvement in the FICC, where we settle government securities transactions on a net basis for payment and delivery through the Fedwire system.


Offsetting of derivative liabilities and financial liabilities at June 30, 2025						Net liabilities recognized in the balance sheet
	Gross liabilities recognized		Gross amounts offset in the balance sheet					Gross amounts not offset in the balance sheet
(in millions)					(a)			Financial instruments		Cash collateral pledged		Net amount
Derivatives subject to netting arrangements:
Interest rate contracts	$	832	$	502		$	330	$	43	$	—	$	287
Foreign exchange contracts	8,417		5,842			2,575		161		—		2,414
Equity and other contracts	211		147			64		44		—		20
Total derivatives subject to netting arrangements	9,460		6,491			2,969		248		—		2,721
Total derivatives not subject to netting arrangements	743		—			743		—		—		743
Total derivatives	10,203		6,491			3,712		248		—		3,464
Repurchase agreements	288,220		276,662		(b)	11,558		11,558		—		—
Securities lending	6,755		2,821			3,934		3,822		—		112
Total	$	305,178	$	285,974		$	19,204	$	15,628	$	—	$	3,576

(a) Includes the effect of netting agreements and net cash collateral paid. The offset related to the OTC derivatives was allocated to the various types of derivatives based on the net positions.

(b) Offsetting of repurchase agreements relates to our involvement in the FICC, where we settle government securities transactions on a net basis for payment and delivery through the Fedwire system.


Offsetting of derivative liabilities and financial liabilities at Dec. 31, 2024						Net liabilities recognized in the balance sheet
	Gross liabilities recognized		Gross amounts offset in the balance sheet					Gross amounts not offset in the balance sheet
(in millions)					(a)			Financial instruments		Cash collateral pledged		Net amount
Derivatives subject to netting arrangements:
Interest rate contracts	$	875	$	475		$	400	$	42	$	—	$	358
Foreign exchange contracts	9,938		8,533			1,405		208		—		1,197
Equity and other contracts	34		25			9		—		—		9
Total derivatives subject to netting arrangements	10,847		9,033			1,814		250		—		1,564
Total derivatives not subject to netting arrangements	1,062		—			1,062		—		—		1,062
Total derivatives	11,909		9,033			2,876		250		—		2,626
Repurchase agreements	239,957		228,386		(b)	11,571		11,556		2		13
Securities lending	4,046		1,553			2,493		2,277		—		216
Total	$	255,912	$	238,972		$	16,940	$	14,083	$	2	$	2,855

(a) Includes the effect of netting agreements and net cash collateral paid. The offset related to the OTC derivatives was allocated to the various types of derivatives based on the net positions.

(b) Offsetting of repurchase agreements relates to our involvement in the FICC, where we settle government securities transactions on a net basis for payment and delivery through the Fedwire system.

BNY 87


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Secured borrowings

The following table presents the contract value of repurchase agreements and securities lending transactions accounted for as secured borrowings by the type of collateral provided to counterparties.


Repurchase agreements and securities lending transactions accounted for as secured borrowings
	June 30, 2025										Dec. 31, 2024
	Remaining contractual maturity								Total		Remaining contractual maturity								Total
(in millions)	Overnight and continuous		Up to 30 days		30-90 days		Over 90 days				Overnight and continuous		Up to 30 days		30-90 days		Over 90 days
Repurchase agreements:
U.S. Treasury	$	215,339	$	44	$	629	$	460	$	216,472	$	187,227	$	196	$	739	$	742	$	188,904
Agency RMBS	64,274		35		467		273		65,049		44,774		71		288		295		45,428
Corporate bonds	120		152		1,837		848		2,957		84		81		1,341		741		2,247
Sovereign debt/sovereign guaranteed	280		778		—		—		1,058		123		655		17		—		795
State and political subdivisions	20		16		338		285		659		37		14		414		302		767
U.S. government agencies	138		—		73		105		316		131		—		64		115		310
Other debt securities	55		470		201		4		730		19		278		287		12		596
Equity securities	—		4		429		546		979		—		4		592		314		910
Total	$	280,226	$	1,499	$	3,974	$	2,521	$	288,220	$	232,395	$	1,299	$	3,742	$	2,521	$	239,957
Securities lending:
Agency RMBS	$	119	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	119	$	98	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	98
Other debt securities	395		—		—		—		395		253		—		—		—		253
Equity securities	6,241		—		—		—		6,241		3,695		—		—		—		3,695
Total	$	6,755	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	6,755	$	4,046	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	4,046
Total secured borrowings	$	286,981	$	1,499	$	3,974	$	2,521	$	294,975	$	236,441	$	1,299	$	3,742	$	2,521	$	244,003

BNY’s repurchase agreements and securities lending transactions primarily encounter risk associated with liquidity. We are required to pledge collateral based on predetermined terms within the agreements. If we were to experience a decline in the fair value of the collateral pledged for these transactions, we could be required to provide additional collateral to the counterparty, therefore decreasing the amount of assets available for other liquidity needs that may arise. BNY also offers tri-party collateral agency services in the tri-party repo market where we are exposed to credit risk. In order to mitigate this risk, we require dealers to fully secure intraday credit.

Note 17–Commitments and contingent liabilities

Off-balance sheet arrangements

In the normal course of business, various commitments and contingent liabilities are

outstanding that are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Our significant trading and off-balance sheet risks are securities, foreign currency and interest rate risk management products, commercial lending

commitments, letters of credit and securities lending indemnifications. We assume these risks to reduce interest rate and foreign currency risks, to provide customers with the ability to meet credit and liquidity needs and to hedge foreign currency and interest rate risks. These items involve, to varying degrees, credit, foreign currency and interest rate risks not recognized on the balance sheet. Our off-balance sheet risks are managed and monitored in manners similar to those used for on-balance sheet risks.

The following table presents a summary of our off-balance sheet credit risks.


Off-balance sheet credit risks	June 30, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024
(in millions)
Lending commitments	$	53,089	$	52,581
Standby letters of credit (“SBLC”) (a)	1,554		1,641
Commercial letters of credit	99		24
Securities lending indemnifications (b)(c)	572,833		544,601

(a)Net of participations totaling $153 million at June 30, 2025 and $192 million at Dec. 31, 2024.

(b)Excludes the indemnification for securities for which BNY acts as an agent on behalf of CIBC Mellon clients, which totaled $68 billion at June 30, 2025 and $60 billion at Dec. 31, 2024.

(c)Includes cash collateral, invested in indemnified repurchase agreements, held by us as securities lending agent of $59 billion at June 30, 2025 and $59 billion at Dec. 31, 2024.

88 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The total potential loss on undrawn lending commitments, standby and commercial letters of credit and securities lending indemnifications is equal to the total notional amount if drawn upon, which does not consider the value of any collateral.

Since many of the lending commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. A summary of lending commitment maturities is as follows: $32.1 billion in less than one year, $20.7 billion in one to five years and $241 million over five years.

SBLCs principally support obligations of corporate clients and were collateralized with cash and securities of $164 million at June 30, 2025 and $173 million at Dec. 31, 2024. At June 30, 2025, $1.2 billion of the SBLCs will expire within one year, $383 million in one to five years and $6 million in over five years.

We must recognize, at the inception of an SBLC and foreign and other guarantees, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The fair value of the liability, which was recorded with a corresponding asset in other assets, was estimated as the present value of contractual customer fees. The estimated liability for losses related to SBLCs and foreign and other guarantees, if any, is included in the allowance for lending-related commitments.

Payment/performance risk of SBLCs is monitored using both historical performance and internal ratings criteria. BNY’s historical experience is that SBLCs typically expire without being funded. SBLCs below investment grade are monitored closely for payment/performance risk. The table below shows SBLCs by investment grade:


Standby letters of credit	June 30, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024

Investment grade	72	%	67	%
Non-investment grade	28	%	33	%

A commercial letter of credit is normally a short-term instrument used to finance a commercial contract for the shipment of goods from a seller to a buyer. Although the commercial letter of credit is contingent upon the satisfaction of specified conditions, it represents a credit exposure if the buyer defaults on

the underlying transaction. As a result, the total contractual amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Commercial letters of credit totaled $99 million at June 30, 2025 and $24 million at Dec. 31, 2024.

We expect many of the lending commitments and letters of credit to expire without the need to advance any cash. The revenue associated with guarantees frequently depends on the credit rating of the obligor and the structure of the transaction, including collateral, if any. The allowance for lending-related commitments was $70 million at June 30, 2025 and $72 million at Dec. 31, 2024.

A securities lending transaction is a fully collateralized transaction in which the owner of a security agrees to lend the security (typically through an agent, in our case, The Bank of New York Mellon) to a borrower, usually a broker-dealer or bank, on an open, overnight or term basis, under the terms of a prearranged contract.

We typically lend securities with indemnification against borrower default. We generally require the borrower to provide collateral with a minimum value of 102% of the fair value of the securities borrowed, which is monitored on a daily basis, thus reducing credit risk. Market risk can also arise in securities lending transactions. These risks are controlled through policies limiting the level of risk that can be undertaken. Securities lending transactions are generally entered into only with highly rated counterparties. Securities lending indemnifications were secured by collateral of $605 billion at June 30, 2025 and $574 billion at Dec. 31, 2024.

CIBC Mellon, a joint venture between BNY and the Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (“CIBC”), engages in securities lending activities. Generally,

BNY and CIBC severally indemnify securities lenders against specific types of borrower default. In certain instances, BNY, CIBC and CIBC Mellon jointly and severally indemnify securities lenders against specific types of borrower default. At June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, $68 billion and $60 billion, respectively, of borrowings at CIBC Mellon, for which BNY acts as agent on behalf of CIBC Mellon clients, were secured by collateral of $73 billion and $64 billion, respectively. If, upon a default, a borrower’s collateral was not sufficient to cover its related obligations, certain losses related to

BNY 89


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

the indemnification could be covered by the indemnitors.

Unsettled repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements

In the normal course of business, we enter into repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements that settle at a future date. In repurchase agreements, BNY receives cash from and provides securities as collateral to a counterparty at settlement. In reverse repurchase agreements, BNY advances cash to and receives securities as collateral from the counterparty at settlement. These transactions are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet on the settlement date. At June 30, 2025, we had no unsettled repurchase agreements and $109.3 billion of unsettled reverse repurchase agreements. At Dec. 31, 2024, we had no unsettled repurchase agreements and $96.1 billion of unsettled reverse repurchase agreements.

Industry concentrations

We have significant industry concentrations related to credit exposure at June 30, 2025. The tables below present our credit exposure in the financial institutions and commercial portfolios.


Financial institutions portfolio exposure (in billions)	June 30, 2025
	Loans		Unfunded commitments		Total exposure
Securities industry	$	3.3	$	20.1	$	23.4
Asset managers	1.7		8.1		9.8
Banks	7.9		1.6		9.5
Insurance	0.1		4.2		4.3
Government	—		0.6		0.6
Other	0.1		0.7		0.8
Total	$	13.1	$	35.3	$	48.4


Commercial portfolio exposure (in billions)	June 30, 2025
	Loans		Unfunded commitments		Total exposure
Energy and utilities	$	0.1	$	4.2	$	4.3
Services and other	0.8		3.4		4.2
Manufacturing	0.3		3.8		4.1
Media and telecom	0.1		0.7		0.8
Total	$	1.3	$	12.1	$	13.4

Major concentrations in securities lending are primarily to broker-dealers and are generally collateralized with cash and/or securities.

Sponsored member repo program

BNY is a sponsoring member in the FICC sponsored member program, where we submit eligible repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions in U.S. Treasury and agency securities (“Sponsored Member Transactions”) between BNY and our sponsored member clients for novation and clearing through FICC pursuant to the FICC Government Securities Division rulebook (the “FICC Rules”). We also guarantee to FICC the prompt and full payment and performance of our sponsored member clients’ respective obligations under the FICC Rules in connection with such clients’ Sponsored Member Transactions. We minimize our credit exposure under this guaranty by obtaining a security interest in our sponsored member clients’ collateral and rights under Sponsored Member Transactions. See “Offsetting assets and liabilities” in Note 16 for additional information on our repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements.

Indemnification arrangements

We have provided standard representations for underwriting agreements, acquisition and divestiture agreements, sales of loans and commitments, and other similar types of arrangements and customary indemnification for claims and legal proceedings related to providing financial services that are not otherwise included above. Insurance has been purchased to mitigate certain of these risks. Generally, there are no stated or notional amounts included in these indemnifications, and the contingencies triggering the obligation for indemnification are not expected to occur. Furthermore, often counterparties to these transactions provide us with comparable indemnifications. We are unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under these indemnifications for several reasons. In addition to the lack of a stated or notional amount in a majority of such indemnifications, we are unable to predict the nature of events that would trigger indemnification or the level of indemnification for a certain event. We believe, however, that the possibility that we will have to make any material payments for these indemnifications is remote. At June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, we have not recorded any material liabilities under these arrangements.

90 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Clearing and settlement exchanges

We are a noncontrolling equity investor in, and/or member of, several industry clearing or settlement exchanges through which foreign exchange, securities, derivatives or other transactions settle. Certain of these industry clearing and settlement exchanges require their members to guarantee their obligations and liabilities and/or to provide liquidity support in the event other members do not honor their obligations. We believe the likelihood that a clearing or settlement exchange (of which we are a member) would become insolvent is remote. Additionally, certain settlement exchanges have implemented loss allocation policies that enable the exchange to allocate settlement losses to the members of the exchange. It is not possible to quantify such mark-to-market loss until the loss occurs. Any ancillary costs that occur as a result of any mark-to-market loss cannot be quantified. In addition, we also sponsor clients as members on clearing and settlement exchanges and guarantee their obligations. At June 30, 2025 and Dec. 31, 2024, we did not record any material liabilities under these arrangements.

Legal proceedings

In the ordinary course of business, The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation and its subsidiaries are routinely named as defendants in or made parties to pending and potential legal actions. We also are subject to governmental and regulatory examinations, information-gathering requests, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal). Claims for significant monetary damages are often asserted in many of these legal actions, while claims for disgorgement, restitution, penalties and/or other remedial actions or sanctions may be sought in governmental and regulatory matters. It is inherently difficult to predict the eventual outcomes of such matters given their complexity and the particular facts and circumstances at issue in each of these matters. However, on the basis of our current knowledge and understanding, we do not believe that judgments, settlements or orders, if any, arising from these matters (either individually or in the aggregate, after giving effect to applicable reserves and insurance coverage) will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or liquidity of BNY, although they could have a material effect on our results of operations in a given period.

In view of the inherent unpredictability of outcomes in litigation and regulatory matters, particularly where (i) the damages sought are substantial or indeterminate, (ii) the proceedings are in the early stages, or (iii) the matters involve novel legal theories or a large number of parties, as a matter of course there is considerable uncertainty surrounding the timing or ultimate resolution of litigation and regulatory matters, including a possible eventual loss, fine, penalty or business impact, if any, associated with each such matter. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, we establish accruals for litigation and regulatory matters when those matters proceed to a stage where they present loss contingencies that are both probable and reasonably estimable. In such cases, there may be a possible exposure to loss in excess of any amounts accrued. We regularly monitor such matters for developments that could affect the amount of the accrual, and will adjust the accrual amount as appropriate. If the loss contingency in question is not both probable and reasonably estimable, we do not establish an accrual and the matter continues to be monitored for any developments that would make the loss contingency both probable and reasonably estimable. We believe that our accruals for legal proceedings are appropriate and, in the aggregate, are not material to the consolidated financial position of BNY, although future accruals could have a material effect on the results of operations in a given period. In addition, if we have the potential to recover a portion of an estimated loss from a third party, we record a receivable up to the amount of the accrual that is probable of recovery.

For certain of those matters described here for which a loss contingency may, in the future, be reasonably possible (whether in excess of a related accrued liability or where there is no accrued liability), BNY is currently unable to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss. For those matters described here where BNY is able to estimate a reasonably possible loss, the aggregate range of such reasonably possible loss is up to $760 million in excess of the accrued liability (if any) related to those matters. For matters where a reasonably possible loss is denominated in a foreign currency, our estimate is adjusted quarterly based on prevailing exchange rates. We do not consider potential recoveries when estimating reasonably possible losses.

The following describes certain judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings involving BNY:

BNY 91


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Mortgage-Securitization Trusts Proceedings

BNY has been named as a defendant in a number of legal actions brought by MBS investors alleging that the trustee has expansive duties under the governing agreements, including the duty to investigate and pursue breach of representation and warranty claims against other parties to the MBS transactions. Two actions commenced in December 2015 and February 2017 are pending in New York federal court. In New York state court, five actions are pending: two related cases commenced in September 2021 and October 2022; and three related cases commenced in October 2021, December 2021 and February 2022.

Matters Related to R. Allen Stanford

In late December 2005, Pershing LLC became a clearing firm for Stanford Group Co. (“SGC”), a registered broker-dealer that was part of a group of entities ultimately controlled by R. Allen Stanford (“Stanford”). Stanford International Bank, also controlled by Stanford, issued certificates of deposit (“CDs”). Some investors allegedly wired funds from their SGC accounts to purchase CDs. In 2009, the Securities and Exchange Commission charged Stanford with operating a Ponzi scheme in connection with the sale of CDs, and SGC was placed into receivership. Alleged purchasers of CDs have filed two putative class action proceedings against Pershing LLC: one in November 2009 in Texas federal court, and one in May 2016 in New Jersey federal court. On Nov. 5, 2021, the court dismissed the class action filed in New Jersey. Both matters have concluded. Three lawsuits remain against Pershing LLC in Louisiana and New Jersey federal courts, which were filed in January 2010, October 2015 and May 2016. The purchasers allege that Pershing LLC, as SGC’s clearing firm, assisted Stanford in a fraudulent scheme and assert contractual, statutory and common law claims. In March 2019, a group of investors filed a putative class action against The Bank of New York Mellon in New Jersey federal court, making the same allegations as in the prior actions brought against Pershing LLC. On Nov. 12, 2021, the court dismissed the class action against The Bank of New York Mellon; on Dec. 15, 2022, an appeals court reversed the dismissal and returned the case to the trial court for further proceedings. On June 28, 2024, an unincorporated association that claims to represent the interests of Stanford investors filed a lawsuit in New Jersey federal court against The Bank of New York Mellon, making the same allegations as prior cases. All of the cases that have been brought in

federal court have been consolidated in Texas federal court for discovery purposes. Various alleged Stanford CD purchasers asserted similar claims in Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) arbitration proceedings.

Brazilian Postalis Litigation

BNY Servicos Financeiros DTVM S.A. (“DTVM”), a subsidiary that provides asset services in Brazil, acts as administrator for certain investment funds in which a public pension fund for postal workers called Postalis-Instituto de Seguridade Social dos Correios e Telégrafos (“Postalis”) invested. On Aug. 22, 2014, Postalis sued DTVM in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil for losses related to a Postalis fund for which DTVM is administrator. Postalis alleges that DTVM failed to properly perform duties, including to conduct due diligence of and exert control over the manager. On March 12, 2015, Postalis filed a lawsuit in Rio de Janeiro against DTVM and BNY Administração de Ativos Ltda. (“Ativos”) alleging failure to properly perform duties relating to another fund of which DTVM is administrator and Ativos is manager. On Dec. 14, 2015, Associacão dos Profissionais dos Correios (“ADCAP”), a Brazilian postal workers association, filed a lawsuit in São Paulo against DTVM and other defendants alleging that DTVM improperly contributed to Postalis investment losses. On March 20, 2017, the lawsuit was dismissed without prejudice, and ADCAP appealed. On Aug. 4, 2021, the appellate court overturned the dismissal and sent the lawsuit to a state lower court. On March 2, 2023, DTVM appealed the August 4 decision to Brazil’s Superior Court of Justice. On Feb. 26, 2025, ADCAP filed a lawsuit in New York state court against The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, claiming that it is also liable for Postalis investment losses. On Feb. 27, 2025, we removed the lawsuit to New York federal court. On Dec. 17, 2015, Postalis filed three lawsuits in Rio de Janeiro against DTVM and Ativos alleging failure to properly perform duties with respect to investments in several other funds. On May 20, 2021, the court in one of those lawsuits entered a judgment of approximately $3 million against DTVM and Ativos. DTVM appealed and, on June 7, 2022, the appellate court partially granted and partially denied the appeal, reducing the judgment to approximately $2 million. On July 13, 2023, DTVM and Ativos filed a further appeal to Brazil’s Superior Court of Justice, which was denied on Sept. 20, 2024. DTVM and Ativos further appealed, but their appeal was denied on Dec. 3, 2024. On Aug. 24, 2022, the court dismissed one of the other lawsuits. Postalis

92 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

appealed that decision, but Postalis’s appeal was denied on Oct. 24, 2023. Postalis further appealed; that further appeal was denied on Oct. 22, 2024. On Feb. 4, 2016, Postalis filed a lawsuit in Brasilia against DTVM, Ativos and BNY Alocação de Patrimônio Ltda. (“Alocação de Patrimônio”), an investment management subsidiary, alleging failure to properly perform duties and liability for losses with respect to investments in various funds of which the defendants were administrator and/or manager. On Jan. 16, 2018, the Brazilian Federal Prosecution Service filed a civil lawsuit in São Paulo against DTVM alleging liability for Postalis losses based on alleged failures to properly perform certain duties as administrator to certain funds in which Postalis invested or as controller of Postalis’s own investment portfolio. On April 18, 2018, the court dismissed the lawsuit without prejudice. On Aug. 4, 2021, the appellate court overturned the dismissal and returned the lawsuit to the lower court. DTVM appealed, but that appeal was denied on Aug. 21, 2023. In addition, the Tribunal de Contas da União (“TCU”), an administrative tribunal, has initiated proceedings with the purpose of determining liability for losses to four investment funds administered by DTVM in which Postalis was an investor. On Sept. 9, 2020, TCU rendered a decision in one of the proceedings, finding DTVM and two former Postalis directors jointly and severally liable for approximately $50 million. TCU also imposed on DTVM a fine of approximately $2 million. DTVM’s administrative appeal of the decision was denied. On Feb. 25, 2022, DTVM filed a lawsuit in Brazil federal court in Brasilia seeking annulment of TCU’s decision and an injunction preventing TCU from enforcing the judgment. On Aug. 24, 2022, the Brazilian Federal Attorneys filed an action in Rio de Janeiro court seeking to enforce the fine portion of the judgment. On Nov. 8, 2022, the Brasilia federal court in the annulment action granted DTVM’s request for an injunction, suspending the Sept. 9, 2020, TCU decision until the annulment action is decided. On Oct. 4, 2019, Postalis and another pension fund filed a request for arbitration in São Paulo against DTVM and Ativos alleging liability for losses to an investment fund for which DTVM was administrator and Ativos was manager. On March 26, 2021, DTVM and Ativos filed a lawsuit in São Paulo challenging the Arbitration Court’s jurisdiction over the case. On Feb. 24, 2023, the São Paulo court annulled the Arbitration Court’s decision that it had jurisdiction, and Postalis and the other pension fund appealed. On April 8, 2024, the appellate court reversed the São

Paulo court’s decision and found that the Arbitration Court did have jurisdiction. DTVM and Ativos appealed; that appeal was denied on April 8, 2024. DTVM and Ativos have further appealed. The arbitration continues during the further appeal. On Oct. 25, 2019, Postalis filed a lawsuit in Rio de Janeiro against DTVM and Alocação de Patrimônio, alleging liability for losses in another fund for which DTVM was administrator and Alocação de Patrimônio and Ativos were managers. On May 9, 2022, the court found DTVM and Alocação de Patrimônio jointly and severally liable for approximately $20 million. On Aug. 12, 2022, DTVM and Alocação de Patrimônio appealed the decision. On April 30, 2024, the appeals court reversed the finding against DTVM and Alocação de Patrimônio. Postalis appealed that reversal and, on Oct. 3, 2024, its appeal was denied. Postalis has filed a further appeal. On June 19, 2020, a lawsuit was filed in federal court in Rio de Janeiro against DTVM, Postalis, and various other defendants alleging liability against DTVM for certain Postalis losses in an investment fund of which DTVM was administrator. On Feb. 10, 2021, Postalis and another pension fund served DTVM in a lawsuit filed in Rio de Janeiro, alleging liability for losses in another investment fund for which DTVM was administrator and the other defendant was manager.

Brazilian Silverado Litigation

DTVM acts as administrator for the Fundo de Investimento em Direitos Creditórios Multisetorial Silverado Maximum (“Silverado Maximum Fund”), which invests in commercial credit receivables. On June 2, 2016, the Silverado Maximum Fund sued DTVM in its capacity as administrator, along with Deutsche Bank S.A. - Banco Alemão in its capacity as custodian and Silverado Gestão e Investimentos Ltda. in its capacity as investment manager. The Fund alleges that each of the defendants failed to fulfill its respective duty, and caused losses to the Fund for which the defendants are jointly and severally liable. On March 21, 2024, the São Paulo court issued a decision finding DTVM, Deutsche Bank and Silverado Gestão e Investimentos jointly liable for losses to the Fund in an amount to be determined during a later calculation phase. On Sept. 12, 2024, DTVM filed an appeal. DTVM, Deutsche Bank, and the Silverado Maximum Fund reached a settlement of the lawsuit, which the court approved on July 11, 2025.

BNY 93


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

German Tax Matters

German authorities are investigating past “cum/ex” trading, which involved the purchase of equity securities on or shortly before the dividend date, but settled after that date, potentially resulting in an unwarranted refund of withholding tax. German authorities have taken the view that past cum/ex trading may have resulted in tax avoidance or evasion. European subsidiaries of BNY have been informed by German authorities about investigations into potential cum/ex trading by certain third-party investment funds, where one of the subsidiaries had acquired entities that served as depositary and/or fund manager for those third-party investment funds. We have received information requests from the authorities relating to pre-acquisition activity and are cooperating fully with those requests. In August 2019, the District Court of Bonn ordered that one of these subsidiaries be joined as a secondary party in connection with the prosecution of unrelated individual defendants. Trial commenced in September 2019. In March 2020, the court stated that it would refrain from taking action against the subsidiary in order to expedite the conclusion of the trial. The court convicted the unrelated individual defendants, and determined that the cum/ex trading activities of the relevant third-party investment funds were unlawful. In November and December 2020 and February 2023, we received secondary liability notices from the German tax authorities totaling approximately $150 million (at then-prevailing exchange rates) related to pre-acquisition activity in various funds for which the entities we acquired were depositary and/or fund manager. We have appealed the notices. In connection with the acquisition of the subject entities, we obtained an indemnity for liabilities from the sellers that we intend to pursue as necessary.

Off-Channel Business-Related Communications

The Company has been responding to requests for information from the SEC and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission concerning compliance with recordkeeping obligations relating to business communications transmitted on unapproved electronic communication platforms. SEC and CFTC have been conducting similar inquiries into recordkeeping practices at other financial institutions. On Aug. 14, 2024, the SEC issued an order under which the Company agreed to pay a $40 million penalty and to certain undertakings to resolve the SEC matter. The fine has been paid, and the Company is complying with the other settlement

terms. The Company continues to cooperate with the CFTC’s inquiry.

Pershing LLC Rule 15c3-3 Matter

The Company has been responding to investigative requests for information and records from the SEC concerning Pershing LLC’s compliance with its obligations under SEC Rule 15c3-3, among other regulatory rules and statutes. The Company continues to cooperate with the inquiry.

Note 18–Business segments

We have an internal information system that produces performance data along product and service lines for our three principal business segments and the Other segment. The primary products and services and types of revenue for our principal businesses and a description of the Other segment are presented in Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2024 Annual Report.

Business accounting principles

Our business segment data has been determined on an internal management basis of accounting, rather than GAAP, which is used for consolidated financial reporting. These measurement principles are designed so that reported results of the businesses will track their economic performance.

Our business segments are consistent with the structure used by the President and Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), to make key operating decisions and assess performance. Our CODM evaluates the business segments’ operating performance primarily based on fee and other revenue, total revenue, income before income taxes, and pre-tax operating margin. The significant expense information regularly provided to and reviewed by the CODM is total noninterest expense. The CODM considers this information when evaluating the performance of each business segment and making decisions about allocating capital and other resources to each business segment.

94 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

reclassifications or organizational changes in the second quarter of 2025.

The accounting policies of the businesses are the same as those described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2024 Annual Report.

The results of our business segments are presented and analyzed on an internal management reporting basis.

•Revenue amounts reflect fee and other revenue generated by each business and include revenue for services provided between the segments that are also provided to third parties. Fee and other revenue transferred between businesses under revenue transfer agreements is included within other fees in each segment.

•Revenues and expenses associated with specific client bases are included in those businesses. For example, foreign exchange activity associated with clients using custody products is included in the Securities Services segment.

•Net interest income is allocated to businesses based on the yields on the assets and liabilities generated by each business. We employ a funds transfer pricing system that matches funds with the specific assets and liabilities of each business based on their interest sensitivity and maturity characteristics.

•The provision for credit losses associated with the respective credit portfolios is reflected in each segment.

•Incentives expense related to restricted stock and restricted stock units is allocated to the segments.

•Support and other indirect expenses, including services provided between segments that are not provided to third parties or not subject to a revenue transfer agreement, are allocated to the businesses based on internally developed methodologies and reflected in noninterest expense.

•Recurring FDIC expense is allocated to the businesses based on average deposits generated within each business.

•Severance expense is recorded in the segments based on the business or function the impacted employees reside, with severance related to corporate staff, technology and operations reflected in the Other segment.

•Litigation expense is generally recorded in the business in which the charge occurs.

•Management of the securities portfolio is a shared service contained in the Other segment. As a result, gains and losses associated with the valuation of the securities portfolio are generally included in the Other segment.

•Client deposits serve as the primary funding source for our securities portfolio. We typically allocate all interest income to the businesses generating the deposits.

•Balance sheet assets and liabilities and their related income or expense are specifically assigned to each business. Segments with a net liability position have been allocated assets.

•Goodwill and intangible assets are reflected within individual businesses.

The following consolidating schedules present the contribution of our segments to our overall profitability.


For the quarter ended June 30, 2025	Securities Services			Market and Wealth Services			Investment and Wealth Management				Other		Consolidated
(dollars in millions)
Total fee and other revenue	$	1,799		$	1,236		$	760		(a)	$	18	$	3,813		(a)
Net interest income (expense)	675			506			41				(19)		1,203
Total revenue	2,474			1,742			801			(a)	(1)		5,016			(a)
Provision for credit losses	(13)			(6)			—				2		(17)
Noninterest expense	1,620			897			653				36		3,206
Income (loss) before income taxes	$	867		$	851		$	148		(a)	$	(39)	$	1,827		(a)
Pre-tax operating margin (b)	35		%	49		%	19		%		N/M		37		%
Average assets	$	206,552		$	135,119		$	27,114			$	69,823	$	438,608

(a) Total fee and other revenue, total revenue and income before income taxes are net of income attributable to noncontrolling interests related to consolidated investment management funds of $12 million.

(b) Income before income taxes divided by total revenue.

N/M – Not meaningful.

BNY 95


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


For the quarter ended March 31, 2025	Securities Services			Market and Wealth Services			Investment and Wealth Management				Other		Consolidated
(dollars in millions)
Total fee and other revenue	$	1,670		$	1,189		$	738		(a)	$	34	$	3,631		(a)
Net interest income (expense)	630			497			41				(9)		1,159
Total revenue	2,300			1,686			779			(a)	25		4,790			(a)
Provision for credit losses	8			4			2				4		18
Noninterest expense	1,584			866			714				88		3,252
Income (loss) before income taxes	$	708		$	816		$	63		(a)	$	(67)	$	1,520		(a)
Pre-tax operating margin (b)	31		%	48		%	8		%		N/M		32		%
Average assets	$	194,901		$	129,244		$	26,402			$	65,297	$	415,844

(b) Income before income taxes divided by total revenue.

N/M – Not meaningful.


For the quarter ended June 30, 2024	Securities Services			Market and Wealth Services			Investment and Wealth Management				Other		Consolidated
(dollars in millions)
Total fee and other revenue	$	1,644		$	1,118		$	778		(a)	$	25	$	3,565		(a)
Net interest income (expense)	595			417			43				(25)		1,030
Total revenue	2,239			1,535			821			(a)	—		4,595			(a)
Provision for credit losses	(3)			(2)			4				1		—
Noninterest expense	1,554			833			668				15		3,070
Income (loss) before income taxes	$	688		$	704		$	149		(a)	$	(16)	$	1,525		(a)
Pre-tax operating margin (b)	31		%	46		%	18		%		N/M		33		%
Average assets	$	196,015		$	124,790		$	26,031			$	65,663	$	412,499

(b) Income before income taxes divided by total revenue.

N/M – Not meaningful.


For the six months ended June 30, 2025	Securities Services			Market and Wealth Services			Investment and Wealth Management				Other		Consolidated
(dollars in millions)
Total fee and other revenue	$	3,469		$	2,425		$	1,498		(a)	$	52	$	7,444		(a)
Net interest income (expense)	1,305			1,003			82				(28)		2,362
Total revenue	4,774			3,428			1,580			(a)	24		9,806			(a)
Provision for credit losses	(5)			(2)			2				6		1
Noninterest expense	3,204			1,763			1,367				124		6,458
Income (loss) before income taxes	$	1,575		$	1,667		$	211		(a)	$	(106)	$	3,347		(a)
Pre-tax operating margin (b)	33		%	49		%	13		%		N/M		34		%
Average assets	$	200,759		$	132,198		$	26,760			$	67,572	$	427,289

(b) Income before income taxes divided by total revenue.

N/M – Not meaningful.

96 BNY


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


For the six months ended June 30, 2024	Securities Services			Market and Wealth Services			Investment and Wealth Management				Other		Consolidated
(dollars in millions)
Total fee and other revenue	$	3,200		$	2,212		$	1,583		(a)	$	55	$	7,050		(a)
Net interest income (expense)	1,178			840			84				(32)		2,070
Total revenue	4,378			3,052			1,667			(a)	23		9,120			(a)
Provision for credit losses	8			3			3				13		27
Noninterest expense	3,091			1,667			1,408				80		6,246
Income (loss) before income taxes	$	1,279		$	1,382		$	256		(a)	$	(70)	$	2,847		(a)
Pre-tax operating margin (b)	29		%	45		%	15		%		N/M		31		%
Average assets	$	193,780		$	124,171		$	26,151			$	64,140	$	408,242

(b) Income before income taxes divided by total revenue.

N/M – Not meaningful.

Note 19–Supplemental information to the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Non-cash investing and financing transactions that, appropriately, are not reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows are listed below.


Non-cash investing and financing transactions	Six months ended June 30,
(in millions)	2025		2024
Transfers from loans to other assets for other real estate owned	$	1	$	—
Change in assets of consolidated investment management funds	116		148
Change in liabilities of consolidated investment management funds	17		4
Change in nonredeemable noncontrolling interests of consolidated investment management funds	119		136
Securities purchased not settled	413		521
Securities sold not settled	114		87
Securities matured not settled	—		25




Premises and equipment/operating lease obligations	29		166

Excise tax on share repurchases	11		12

BNY 97


Item 4. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures

Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, with participation by the members of the Disclosure Committee, has responsibility for ensuring that there is an adequate and effective process for establishing, maintaining, and evaluating disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in our SEC reports is timely recorded, processed, summarized and reported and that information required to be disclosed by BNY is accumulated and communicated to BNY’s management to allow timely decisions regarding the required disclosure. In addition, our ethics hotline can also be used by employees and others for the anonymous communication of concerns about financial controls or reporting matters. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

As of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Changes in internal control over financial reporting

In the ordinary course of business, we may routinely modify, upgrade or enhance our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act during the second quarter of 2025 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

98 BNY


Forward-looking Statements

Some statements in this Quarterly Report are forward-looking. These include statements about the usefulness of Non-GAAP measures, the future results of BNY, our businesses, financial, liquidity and capital condition, results of operations, capital plans including dividends and repurchases, liquidity, risk and capital management and processes, human capital management (including related ambitions, objectives, aims and goals), strategic priorities and initiatives, acquisitions, related integration and divestiture activity, transition to a platforms operating model, efficiency savings, estimates (including those regarding expenses, interest rate and net interest income sensitivities, losses inherent in our credit portfolios and capital ratios), intentions (including those regarding our capital returns and expenses, including our investments in technology and pension expense), outlook (including those regarding our performance results, fee revenue, net interest income, expenses, impacts of currency fluctuations, capital ratios and effective tax rate) and expectations (including those regarding products, nonperforming assets, legal proceedings and other contingencies, impacts of trends on our businesses, regulatory, technology, market, economic or accounting developments and the impacts of such developments on our businesses).

In this report, any other report, any press release or any written or oral statement that BNY or its executives may make, words, such as “estimate,” “forecast,” “project,” “anticipate,” “likely,” “target,” “expect,” “intend,” “continue,” “seek,” “believe,” “plan,” “goal,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “may,” “might,” “will,” “strategy,” “synergies,” “opportunities,” “trends,” “momentum,” “ambition,” “aspiration,” “objective,” “aim,” “future,” “potentially,” “outlook” and words of similar meaning, may signify forward-looking statements.

These forward-looking statements, and other forward-looking statements contained in other public disclosures of BNY, are not guarantees of future results or occurrences, are inherently uncertain and are based upon current beliefs and expectations of future events, many of which are, by their nature, difficult to predict, outside of our control and subject to change. By identifying these statements in this manner, we are alerting investors to the possibility that our actual results may differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results expressed or implied in these forward-looking statements as a result of a number of important factors, including those factors

described in “Risk Factors” in our 2024 Annual Report, such as:

•errors or delays in our operational and transaction processing, or those of third parties, may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation;

•our risk management framework, policies and processes may not be effective in identifying or mitigating risk and reducing the potential for losses and any inadequacy or lapse in our risk management framework, policies and processes could expose us to unexpected losses that could materially adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition;

•limitations of the models we use to measure, monitor and manage risk could lead to unexpected losses and adverse business impacts;

•a communications or technology disruption or failure within our infrastructure or the infrastructure of third parties that results in a loss of information, delays our ability to access information or impacts our ability to provide services to our clients may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations;

•a cybersecurity incident, or a failure in our computer systems, networks and information, or those of third parties, could result in the theft, disclosure, use or alteration of information, unauthorized access to or loss of information, or system or network failures. Any such incident or failure could adversely impact our ability to conduct our businesses, damage our reputation and cause losses;

•the development and use of artificial intelligence, including digital employees and digital engineers, present risks and challenges that may adversely impact our business;

•we are subject to extensive government rulemaking, policies, regulation and supervision that impact our operations. Changes to and introduction of new rules and regulations have compelled, and in the future may compel, us to change how we manage our businesses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations;

BNY 99


Forward-looking Statements (continued)

•regulatory or enforcement actions or litigation could materially adversely affect our results of operations or harm our businesses or reputation;

•our business may be adversely affected if we are unable to attract, retain, develop and motivate employees;

•a failure or circumvention of our controls, policies and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation;

•weakness and volatility in financial markets and the economy generally may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations;

•we are dependent on fee-based business for a substantial majority of our revenue and our fee-based revenues could be adversely affected by slowing market activity, weak financial markets, underperformance and/or negative trends in savings rates or in investment preferences;

•levels of and changes in interest rates have impacted, and will in the future continue to impact, our profitability and capital levels, at times adversely;

•we have experienced, and may continue to experience, unrealized or realized losses on securities related to volatile and illiquid market conditions, reducing our capital levels and/or earnings;

•the failure or perceived weakness of any of our significant clients or counterparties, many of whom are major financial institutions or sovereign entities, and our assumption of credit, counterparty and concentration risk, could expose us to credit losses and adversely affect our business;

•we could incur losses if our allowance for credit losses, including loan and lending-related commitment reserves, is inadequate or if our expectations of future economic conditions deteriorate;

•our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected if we do not effectively manage our liquidity;

•failure to satisfy regulatory standards, including “well capitalized” and “well managed” status or capital adequacy and liquidity rules more generally, could result in limitations on our

activities and adversely affect our business and financial condition;

•the Parent is a non-operating holding company and, as a result, is dependent on dividends from its subsidiaries and extensions of credit from its IHC to meet its obligations, including with respect to its securities, and to provide funds for share repurchases, payment of income taxes and payment of dividends to its stockholders;

•our ability to return capital to shareholders is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors and may be limited by U.S. banking laws and regulations, including those governing capital and capital planning, applicable provisions of Delaware law and our failure to pay full and timely dividends on our preferred stock;

•any material reduction in our credit ratings or the credit ratings of our principal bank subsidiaries, The Bank of New York Mellon, BNY Mellon, N.A. or The Bank of New York Mellon SA/NV, could increase the cost of funding and borrowing to us and our rated subsidiaries and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and on the value of the securities we issue;

•the application of our Title I preferred resolution strategy or resolution under the Title II orderly liquidation authority could adversely affect the Parent’s liquidity and financial condition and the Parent’s security holders;

•new lines of business, new products and services or transformational or strategic project initiatives subject us to new or additional risks, and the failure to implement these initiatives could affect our results of operations;

•our strategic transactions present risks and uncertainties and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations;

•we may not realize some or all of the expected benefits of our transition to a platforms operating model;

•we are subject to competition in all aspects of our business, which could negatively affect our ability to maintain or increase our profitability;

•our businesses may be negatively affected by adverse events, publicity, government scrutiny or other reputational harm;

100 BNY


Forward-looking Statements (continued)

•impacts from geopolitical events, acts of terrorism, war, natural disasters, the physical effects of climate change, pandemics and other similar events may have a negative impact on our business and operations;

•sustainability concerns, including a focus on climate change and diversity, could adversely affect our business, affect client activity levels, subject us to additional regulatory requirements and damage our reputation;

•tax law changes or challenges to our tax positions with respect to historical transactions may adversely affect our net income, effective tax rate and our overall results of operations and financial condition; and

•changes in accounting standards governing the preparation of our financial statements and future events could have a material impact on our reported financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and other financial data.

In addition, recent announcements regarding changes in trade policies and practices, including the implementation of tariffs, proposed further tariffs, and responses globally, have significantly affected

financial markets and economic conditions. Continued uncertainty, including in trade policies and practices, elevated tariffs, and in operational and policy changes in the governments of the U.S. and other countries could contribute to further market volatility and deteriorating or prolonged weakened economic conditions, which could cause our financial results to differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results expressed or implied in forward-looking statements contained in this Quarterly Report and other public disclosures of BNY.

Investors should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statement and should consider all risk factors discussed in the 2024 Annual Report and any subsequent reports filed with the SEC by BNY pursuant to the Exchange Act. All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which such statements are made, and BNY undertakes no obligation to update any statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such forward-looking statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. The contents of BNY’s website or any other website referenced herein are not part of this report.

BNY 101


Part II – Other Information

Item 1. Legal Proceedings.

The information required by this Item is set forth in the “Legal proceedings” section in Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which portion is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.

(c) The following table discloses repurchases of our common stock made in the second quarter of 2025. All of the Company’s preferred stock outstanding has preference over the Company’s common stock with respect to the payment of dividends.

Issuer purchases of equity securities


Share repurchases – second quarter of 2025				Total shares repurchased as part of a publicly announced plan or program	Maximum approximate dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased under the publicly announced plans or programs at June 30, 2025
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts; common shares in thousands)	Total shares repurchased	Average price per share
April 2025	1,756	$	77.78	1,756		$	4,449
May 2025	5,073	86.94		5,073		4,008
June 2025	3,558	89.34		3,558		3,691
Second quarter of 2025 (a)	10,387	$	86.21	10,387		$	3,691	(b)

(a) Includes 62 thousand shares repurchased at a purchase price of $5 million from employees, primarily in connection with the employees’ payment of taxes upon the vesting of restricted stock. The average price per share of open market repurchases was $86.21.

(b) Represents the maximum value of the shares to be repurchased under the share repurchase plan and includes shares repurchased in connection with employee benefit plans.

In April 2024, we announced a share repurchase authorization providing for the repurchase of $6.0 billion of common shares. Share repurchases may be executed through open market repurchases, in privately negotiated transactions or by other means, including through repurchase plans designed to comply with Rule 10b5-1 and other derivative, accelerated share repurchase and other structured transactions. The timing and exact amount of any common stock repurchases will depend on various factors, including market conditions and the common stock trading price; the Company’s capital position, liquidity and financial performance; alternative uses of capital; and legal and regulatory limitations and considerations.

Item 5. Other Information.

(c) Certain of our officers or directors have made elections to participate in, and are participating in, our dividend reinvestment plan, employee stock purchase plan and 401(k) plan, and have made, and may from time to time make, elections to have shares withheld to cover withholding taxes or pay the exercise price of stock awards, which may be designed to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act or may constitute non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangements (as defined in Item 408(c) of Regulation S-K).

Item 6. Exhibits.

The list of exhibits required to be filed as exhibits to this report appears below.

102 BNY


Index to Exhibits

Exhibit

Description

Method of Filing

3.1

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation.

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-52710) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on July 2, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.

3.2

Certificate of Amendment to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 9, 2019.

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-35651) as filed with the Commission on April 10, 2019, and incorporated herein by reference.

3.3

Certificate of Designations of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation with respect to the Series A Noncumulative Preferred Stock, dated June 15, 2007.

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-52710) as filed with the Commission on July 5, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.

3.4

Certificate of Designations of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation with respect to the Series F Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, dated July 29, 2016.

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-35651) as filed with the Commission on Aug. 1, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference.

3.5

Certificate of Designations of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation with respect to the Series G Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, dated May 15, 2020.

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-35651) as filed with the Commission on May 19, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference.

3.6

Certificate of Designations of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation with respect to the Series H Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, dated Nov. 2, 2020.

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-35651) as filed with the Commission on Nov. 3, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference.

3.7

Certificate of Designations of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation with respect to the Series I Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, dated Nov. 16, 2021.

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-35651) as filed with the Commission on Nov. 18, 2021, and incorporated herein by reference.

3.8

Certificate of Designations of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation with respect to the Series J Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, dated March 7, 2025.

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-35651) as filed with the Commission on March 10, 2025, and incorporated herein by reference.

3.9

Certificate of Designations of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation with respect to the Series K Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, dated March 13, 2025.

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-35651) as filed with the Commission on March 14, 2025, and incorporated herein by reference.

3.10

Amended and Restated By-Laws of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, as amended and restated on Aug. 8, 2023.

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-35651) as filed with the Commission on Aug. 11, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference.

BNY 103


Index to Exhibits (continued)

Exhibit

Description

Method of Filing

4.1

None of the instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the Parent or any of its subsidiaries represented long-term debt in excess of 10% of the total assets of the Company as of June 30, 2025. The Company hereby agrees to furnish to the Commission, upon request, a copy of any such instrument.

N/A

22.1

Subsidiary Issuer of Guaranteed Securities.

Previously filed as Exhibit 22.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-35651) for the quarter ended March 31, 2021, and incorporated herein by reference.

31.1

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Filed herewith.

31.2

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Filed herewith.

32.1

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Furnished herewith.

32.2

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Furnished herewith.

101.INS

Inline XBRL Instance Document.

The instance document does not appear in the interactive data file because its XBRL tags are embedded within the inline XBRL document.

101.SCH

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

Filed herewith.

101.CAL

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

Filed herewith.

101.DEF

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

Filed herewith.

101.LAB

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.

Filed herewith.

101.PRE

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

Filed herewith.

104

The cover page of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, formatted in inline XBRL.

The cover page interactive data file is embedded within the inline XBRL document and included in Exhibit 101.

104 BNY

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.


			THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON CORPORATION
			(Registrant)



Date: August 1, 2025	By:	/s/ Kurtis R. Kurimsky
		Kurtis R. Kurimsky
		Corporate Controller
		(Duly Authorized Officer and
		Principal Accounting Officer of
		the Registrant)

BNY 105